Ricoh B064 SERIES Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Ricoh Manuals
  4. All in One Printer
  5. B064 SERIES
  6. Service manual

Ricoh B064 SERIES Service Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for B064 SERIES:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES
/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES
SERVICE MANUAL
(Book 1 of 2) 002711MIU
MAINFRAME
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Ricoh B064 SERIES

Summary of Contents for Ricoh B064 SERIES

  • Page 1 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES /B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES SERVICE MANUAL (Book 1 of 2) 002711MIU MAINFRAME CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 2 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 3 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 4 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 5: B064 Series/B140 Series

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES /B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES SERVICE MANUAL Book 1 of 2 MAINFRAME 002711MIU CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 7 It is the reader's responsibility when discussing the information contained within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best interest of Ricoh Americas Corporation and its member companies. NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY FASHION AND DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT THE PRIOR PERMISSION OF RICOH AMERICAS CORPORATION.
  • Page 8 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 9 Ricoh Technical Training Program. Untrained uncertified users utilizing information contained in this service manual to repair or modify Ricoh equipment risk personal injury, damage to property or loss of warranty protection. Ricoh Americas Corporation CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 11 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 04/2008 LEGEND PRODUCT CODE COMPANY GESTETNER LANIER RICOH SAVIN B064 6002 LD060 Aficio 1060 2560 B065 7502 LD075 Aficio 1075 2575 B140 DSm660 LD160 Aficio 2060 4060 B141 DSm675 LD175 Aficio 2075 4075 B142 DSm660 SP...
  • Page 12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 13: Table Of Contents

    1.2.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............1-12 Removing Tapes and Retainers ............1-12 Connecting the ADF................1-14 Removing and Filling the Development Unit ........1-15 Re-installing the Development Unit.............1-17 Initializing the Drum Settings (B064 Series)........1-18 Initializing the Drum Settings (B140/B246/D052 Series)....1-19 Tandem Tray ..................1-20 Machine Level..................1-22 Date/Time Setting ................1-22 SP Codes....................1-22...
  • Page 14 Docking the Finisher ................1-78 Attaching the Trays ................1-81 Leveling the Finisher................1-82 Selecting the Staple Supply Name .............1-83 Enabling Booklet Binding (B700 Only) ..........1-83 Auxiliary Trays ..................1-84 1.15 PUNCH UNIT (B702) ................1-86 1.15.1 ACCESSORIES................1-86 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 15 1.20.3 INSTALLATION ................1-116 Assemble the Key Counter Bracket ..........1-116 Install the Key Card Bracket and Assembled Key Counter ....1-117 1.21 COPY CONNECTOR KITS ..............1-119 1.21.1 COPY CONNECTOR KIT (B525-10, -12) FOR B064 SERIES ..1-119 ACCESSORY CHECK..............1-120 Installation..................1-121 Installing the Hardware ..............1-122 1.21.2 COPY CONNECTOR KIT (B328-03) FOR B140 SERIES..1-126...
  • Page 16 Installation..................1-167 1.23.8 BLUETOOTH INTERFACE UNIT (G377) ........1-169 ACCESSORY CHECK..............1-169 Installation..................1-169 1.23.9 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER (B609).........1-170 ACCESSORY CHECK..............1-170 Installation..................1-170 1.23.10 DATA OVERWRITE SECURITY UNIT (B735) ......1-171 ACCESSORY CHECK..............1-171 Before You Begin… ................1-171 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 17 1.24.13 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT TYPE C (B829) .......1-197 Accessories ..................1-197 Installation..................1-197 B246 Series: IPU ................1-197 1.24.14 VM CARD (B861) ..............1-199 Accessories ..................1-199 Installation..................1-199 1.24.15 IEEE1284 B679 ................1-200 Accessories ..................1-200 Installation..................1-200 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 18 3.1 GENERAL CAUTIONS ................3-1 3.1.1 DRUM....................3-1 3.1.2 DRUM UNIT ..................3-1 3.1.3 TRANSFER BELT UNIT ..............3-2 3.1.4 SCANNER UNIT................3-2 3.1.5 LASER UNIT ..................3-2 3.1.6 CHARGE CORONA................3-3 3.1.7 DEVELOPMENT................3-3 3.1.8 CLEANING ..................3-4 3.1.9 FUSING UNIT...................3-4 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 19 3.6.4 CHARGE CORONA WIRE CLEANING PADS .......3-36 3.6.5 OPC DRUM REMOVAL..............3-37 Dusting the Drum Surface..............3-38 3.6.6 PTL (B140/B246/D052 SERIES ONLY)..........3-39 3.6.7 QUENCHING LAMP ...............3-40 3.6.8 DRUM POTENTIAL SENSOR............3-40 3.6.9 CLEANING FILTER ................3-41 3.6.10 CLEANING BLADE...............3-41 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 20 B140/B246/D052 Series ..............3-71 3.9.8 FUSING LAMPS, HOT ROLLER, AND PRESSURE ROLLER..3-72 B064 Series: Fusing Lamps ...............3-72 B140/B246/D052 Series: Fusing Lamps ..........3-73 Important Notes about Fusing Unit Assembly (B064 Series) .....3-78 3.9.9 PRESSURE ROLLER..............3-79 3.9.10 STRIPPER PAWLS ..............3-80 B064 Series ..................3-80 B140/B246/D052 Series ..............3-81...
  • Page 21 3.12.1 BCU BOARD (BASE ENGINE CONTROL UNIT) .......3-116 BCU: B064, B140 Series ..............3-116 BCU, IOB: B246/D052 Series............3-117 3.12.2 CONTROLLER BOARD .............3-118 B064 Series: Controller Board ............3-118 B140 Series: Controller Board ............3-119 B246/D052 Series: Controller Board ..........3-120 3.12.3 IPU BOARD................3-121 B064 Series: IPU Board ..............3-121 B140 Series: IPU, Mother Board ............3-122...
  • Page 22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 04/2008 B064 Series HDD................3-131 B140 Series HDD................3-132 B246/D052 Series HDD ..............3-133 3.12.7 NVRAM..................3-134 NVRAM: B064 Series, B140 Series ..........3-134 NVRAM: B246/D052 Series.............3-136 3.12.8 DIMMS..................3-138 3.13 ADF .....................3-139 3.13.1 ADF COVERS ................3-139 3.13.2 FEED UNIT.................3-140 3.13.3 FEED BELT AND PICK-UP ROLLER.........3-141 3.13.4 SEPARATION ROLLER .............3-142...
  • Page 23 Feed, Transport, Feed Out: Face-up ............4-7 Transport, Inverter, Feed Out: Face-down..........4-8 Duplex Transport ..................4-9 4.1.6 PROGRAM DOWNLOAD ...............4-10 4.2 B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE .............4-11 4.2.1 B064 SERIES SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS.......4-11 4.2.2 B064 SERIES SC CODE DESCRIPTIONS........4-12 SC100: Scanning System ..............4-12 SC300: Image Development System (1)..........4-15...
  • Page 24 Updating the LCDC for the Operation Panel........5-21 Downloading Stamp Data ..............5-21 SD Card Boot (Forced Boot)...............5-21 NVRAM Data Upload/Download ............5-23 5.4.2 SOFTWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE: B064 SERIES ....5-24 GW Controller/BCU Update ..............5-25 Forced Update ..................5-26 Stamp Data Update ................5-26 Operation Panel Software Update ............5-27 Scanner Update ..................5-28...
  • Page 25 SP5857-017 Create a File on SD Card to Store a Log ....5-213 5.8 USER TOOLS ..................5-214 5.8.1 OVERVIEW ..................5-214 5.8.2 SYSTEM SETTINGS ..............5-215 B064 Series System Settings............5-215 B140/B246/D052 Series System Settings........5-217 5.8.3 COPIER/DOCUMENT SERVER FEATURES ......5-220 5.8.4 INQUIRY..................5-224 5.8.5 COUNTER..................5-224 5.9 DIP SWITCH TABLES ................5-225...
  • Page 26 Equalizing Duplex Scanned Image Quality of Front/Back Sides..6-46 Equalizing Image Quality of Front Sides for Duplex and Simplex Modes ...6-46 6.7 LASER EXPOSURE ................6-47 6.7.1 OVERVIEW ..................6-47 6.7.2 OPTICAL PATH................6-48 6.7.3 FOUR-BEAM EXPOSURE .............6-49 6.7.4 COOLING FAN ................6-50 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 27 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 04/2008 6.7.5 LD SAFETY SWITCHES ..............6-51 B064 Series, B140 Series Safety Switches........6-51 B246/D052 Series Safety Switches ...........6-52 6.8 DRUM UNIT ....................6-53 6.8.1 OVERVIEW ..................6-53 6.8.2 OPC DRUM ..................6-54 6.8.3 DRUM DRIVE .................6-54 6.8.4 DRUM CHARGE................6-55 6.8.5 CHARGE CORONA WIRE CLEANING ..........6-56 6.8.6 DRUM PICK-OFF MECHANISM ............6-57...
  • Page 28 6.11.11 PAPER REGISTRATION............6-112 Overview...................6-112 Paper Registration Drive..............6-113 Jam Removal at Paper Registration ..........6-114 6.12 IMAGE FUSING AND PAPER EXIT ...........6-115 6.12.1 OVERVIEW ................6-115 B064 Series ..................6-115 B140/B246/D052 Series ..............6-116 All Series ..................6-116 6.12.2 FUSING MECHANISM ...............6-117 B064 Series ..................6-117 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 29 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 04/2008 B140/B246/D052 Series ..............6-118 6.12.3 PRESSURE ROLLER..............6-119 B064 Series ..................6-119 B140/B246/D052 Series ..............6-120 6.12.4 HOT ROLLER CLEANING ............6-121 Overview...................6-121 Web Drive ..................6-122 Web Near End ..................6-122 Web End ...................6-122 6.12.5 FUSING UNIT ENTRANCE GUIDE…………………………………6-123 6.12.6 FUSING UNIT DRIVE..............6-124 6.12.7 CPM DOWN MODE ..............6-125...
  • Page 30 7.3.12 9-BIN MAILBOX (B471)..............7-20 7.3.13 LG/B4 KIT (B474) .................7-20 7.3.14 Z-FOLDING UNIT (B660) .............7-20 7.3.15 3000-SHEET FINISHER (B701) ...........7-21 7.3.16 2000-SHEET FINISHER (B700) ...........7-23 7.3.17 PUNCH UNIT (B702)..............7-25 7.3.18 9-BIN MAILBOX (B762)..............7-25 B064 Series/B140 Series xviii CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 31 SEE SECTION B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS 2000/3000-SHEET FINISHER (B700/B701) SEE SECTION B700/B701 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS FAX OPTION/G3 INTERFACE OPTION 7500 (B819/B820) SEE SECTION B819/B820 FOR DETAILED TABLE OF CONTENTS B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 33 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICES PREVENTION OF PHYSICAL INJURY 1. Before disassembling or assembling parts of the copier and peripherals, make sure that the copier power cord is unplugged. 2. The wall outlet should be near the copier and easily accessible. 3.

  • Page 34: Laser Safety

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SAFETY AND ECOLOGICAL NOTES FOR DISPOSAL 1. Do not incinerate toner bottles or used toner. Toner dust may ignite suddenly when exposed to an open flame. 2. Dispose of used toner, developer, and organic photoconductors in accordance with local regulations. (These are non-toxic supplies.) 3.
  • Page 35 Conventions in this Manual This manual describes more than one machine. Unless otherwise specifically noted, the following short notations are used in text to refer to the following machines. Short Notations What They Mean B064 Series B064/B065 B140/B141/B142/B143/B163/B228 B140 Series B246 Series B246/B248/B249/B250/B252/B253 ⇒...
  • Page 36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 37: Troubleshooting

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA INSTALLATION PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT B473 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY TROUBLESHOOTING B468/B469/B674 3000-SHEET FINISHER B377 PUNCH UNIT B471 9-BIN MAILBOX B478 3000-SHEET FINISHER/B513 JOGGER UNIT/B531 PUNCH UNIT B706 3000-SHEET FINISHER B660 Z-FOLDING UNIT B700/B701 2000/3000 SHEET FINISHER G338/G339 SCANNER /PRINTER UNIT Tab index continued on next page…...
  • Page 38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tab index continued… SERVICE TABLES DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS SPECIFICATIONS B475 A3/DLT TRAY KIT B470 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY B659/B581/B596/B582/G377/B609/B735 MFP OPTIONS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 39 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA INSTALLATION CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 41: B246 Series/D052 Series

    6. If the place of installation is air-conditioned or heated, do not place the machine where it will be: 1) Subjected to sudden temperature changes 2) Directly exposed to cool air from an air-conditioner 3) Directly exposed to heat from a heater B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 42: Machine Level

    2. Right to left: Within ±5 mm (0.2") of level The machine legs may be screwed up or down in order to level the machine. Set a carpenter’s level on the exposure glass. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 43: Minimum Space Requirements

    The same amount of clearance is necessary when optional peripheral devices are installed. 50 mm (2") Back 40 mm (1.6") Right 100 mm (4") Left 700 mm (27.6") Front B064I001.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 44: Dimensions

    1,098 mm (43.2") 1,165 mm (45.9") 1,014 mm (39.9") 734 mm (28.9") 690 mm (27.2") 314 mm (12.4") 90 mm (3.5") B064I003.WMF 750 mm (29.5") 620 mm (24.4") 458 mm (18") B064I002.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 45: B140 Series

    1,098 mm (43.2") 1,014 mm (39.9") 90 mm (3.5") 734 mm (28.9") 690 mm (27.2") 314 mm (12.4") 177 mm (6.9") B064I140.WMF 750 mm (29.5") 620 mm (24.4") 458 mm (18") B064I002.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 46 1103 mm (43.4") 1165 mm (45.9") 978 mm (38.5") 90 mm (3.5") 657mm (25.9") 690 mm (27.2") 314 mm (12.4") 177 mm (6.9") 790 mm (31.1") 613 mm (24.1") 458 mm (18") B064I002.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 47: Peripheral/Option Summary Table

    Board Type B B585 Memory Unit Type Memory D 2075 256MB B594 Network Interface Board Board Type 2105 B596-01 USB 2.0 Interface Board Board Type B B609-04 File Format Board Converter Type C B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 48 Links two mainframes Type MP 7500 B861 VM Card Type C SD card G336 IEEE 1394 Board G338 Printer/Scanner Kit DIMM G377 Bluetooth Interface Board Unit G381 Gigabit Ethernet Board Type 7300 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 49 Board Interface Board Class 1: Peripheral units connected directly to the mainframe Class 2: Components installed on or in peripheral units (punches, etc.) Class 3: MFP controller options (SD cards, boards) B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 50: Power Requirements

    This switch should always remain on unless the machine is being serviced. • Operation Power Switch. Located on the right side of the operation panel. This is the switch normally used by the customer to power the machine on and off. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 51: Accessory Check

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) 1.2 MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) 1.2.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Check the accessories and their quantities against this list: Description Q’ty 1. Model Name Decal (-29 Only) ..........1 2.

  • Page 52: Installation Procedure

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) 1.2.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Removing Tapes and Retainers  CAUTION To avoid serious injury, do not connect the power plug to the machine until you are instructed to do so. B064I404.WMF B140I403.WMF...
  • Page 53 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) 6. Raise the ADF and remove all the tape and shipping retainers around the exposure glass [A] and operation panel. 7. Remove the shipping retaining sheet [B] under the white pad.

  • Page 54: Connecting The Adf

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) 10. Lower the transfer unit by turning its knob [A]. 11. Remove the bracket [B], and the red tag from the transfer belt ( x 1). 12. Remove the pin [C], and the red tag from the cleaning plate.

  • Page 55: Removing And Filling The Development Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) Removing and Filling the Development Unit Important! • Before you begin, remove the toner bottle if it is installed. • The toner bottle holder can be damaged if it is in the machine when you do the procedure below.
  • Page 56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) 9. Remove the toner hopper [A] ( x 10. Rotate the toner hopper [B] slightly 10° to 20° as you slide it up to remove it. B064I304.WMF 11. While turning the knob [C] slowly,...

  • Page 57: Re-Installing The Development Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) Rev. 04/2008 ⇒ Re-installing the Development Unit B246I999.WMF 1. Push the development unit to the right 2. While continuing to hold the unit to the right, push it into the machine.

  • Page 58: Initializing The Drum Settings (B064 Series)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) Initializing the Drum Settings (B064 Series) After switching on the machine, you must execute SP2963 (Installation Mode) within 60 seconds to 1) Initialize the developer and force toner supply to the development unit, and 2) Initialize the auto process control settings.

  • Page 59: Initializing The Drum Settings (B140/B246/D052 Series)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) Initializing the Drum Settings (B140/B246/D052 Series) You must do SP2963 (Installation Mode) to 1) Initialize the developer and do a forced toner supply to the development unit, and 2) Initialize the auto process control settings.

  • Page 60: Tandem Tray

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) Tandem Tray Before shipping the machine, the tandem tray is set for A4 or LT LEF and must be adjusted if the customer wants to use the tandem tray for another paper size.
  • Page 61 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) 6. Remove the tray cover [A] ( x 2). 7. Remove the motor cover [B] ( x 4). B064I566.WMF 8. Re-position the side fences [C] ( x 8). The outer slot position is used when loading A4 size paper.

  • Page 62: Machine Level

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MAIN MACHINE (B064 SERIES/B140 SERIES/B246 SERIES/D052 SERIES) Rev. 04/2008 Machine Level 1. Set a stand [A] at each corner of the machine. 2. Place a level on the exposure glass and use a wrench to turn each nut [B] and level the machine to ±5 mm of the...

  • Page 63: A3/Dlt Feeder Kit (B475)

    1.3.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Check the accessories and their quantities against this list: Description Q’ty 1. A3/DLT Tray ..............1 2. Short connector ..............1 3. Page size decals............... 1 B475I001.WMF 1-23 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 64: Installation Procedure

    [A] ( x 2). 2. Push in the right tandem tray [B]. B475I707.WMF 3. Remove the left tandem tray [C] ( x 5). Save these screws. B475I708.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 65 Tray 1 with SP5959-001 (Paper Size – Tray 1) For details, see SP5959 in section “5. Service Tables”. 10. Attach the appropriate decal for the selected paper size. B475I202.WMF 1-25 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 66: Lct (B473)

    1. Flat-head shoulder screw - M4 x 6........1 2. Upper docking pins (grooved)........... 2 3. Lower docking pin (not grooved)........1 4. Installation Instructions ............. 1 5. Paper Set Decal..............1 B064 Series/B140 Series 1-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 67: Installation Procedure

    Removing Tape B473I001.WMF B473I002.WMF 1. Remove the filament tape from the body [A] and top cover [B] of the LCT. 2. Remove the tape under the lid [C] of the LCT. 1-27 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 68: Preparing The Main Machine

    [D]. (x 3) B473I003.WMF Installing the LCT 1. Insert the two upper docking pins (grooved) [A] into the upper slots and the lower docking pin [B] into the lower slot. B473I004.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 69 [F] ( x 2). 5. Switch the machine on and execute SP5959 005 (Paper Size – Tray 4 (LCT)) to select the paper size. For details, see SP5959 in section “5. Service Tables.” 1-29 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 70: Lg/B4 Feeder Kit (B474)

    3. Bottom plate extension ............. 4. Rear bracket ..............5. Front bracket..............6. Harness clamp..............7. Tapping hex screws - M4 x 8 ..........8. Tapping screws - M4 x 8........... B474I001A.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 71: Installation Procedure

     CAUTION Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the following procedure. 3. Disconnect the LCT from the machine. 4. Remove the LCT upper cover [C]. B474I504.WMF 1-31 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 72 ( x 2). The kit is set for B4. If you need to change the paper size to LG, proceed to step 13 and 14. Otherwise, proceed to step 15. B474I553.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 73 20. Switch the machine on, enter the SP mode, then use SP5959 005 (Paper Size – Tray 4 (LCT) to select the new paper size. For details, see SP5959 in section “5. Service Tables”. B474I506.WMF 1-33 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 74: 3000-Sheet Finishers (B468/B469/B674)

    6. Front joint bracket ............. 1 7. Upper output tray .............. 1 8. Installation Instructions ............. 1 9. Lower output tray .............. 1 10. Cushion (with double-sided tape) ........1 B468I001A.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 75: Installation Procedure

    • B469 Finisher. Does punching, shifting, and corner stapling. Does not do booklet (saddle-stitch) stapling. This finisher can be installed and used only with the B064 Series or B140 Series. This finisher cannot be used with a B246 Series machine.
  • Page 76 2. Remove all filament tape and shipping retainers from the front of the finisher. 3. Open the front door [A] and remove all the tape and shipping retainers from inside the finisher. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 77: Installation

    B468I003.WMF 1. Install the front [A] and rear [B] joint brackets ( x 2 each, M4x 14). 2. Install the ground plate [C] ( x 2, M3 x 6). 1-37 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 78 8. Connect the plug [D] of the finisher power cord to the connector on the machine.  CAUTION Always move the finisher slowly to avoid bending the entrance guide plates. Bent guide plates could interfere with paper transport from the machine to the finisher. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 79 2. Install the upper output tray [C] ( x 2). 3. Attach the staple position decal [D] to the ADF. B469 (B064 Series/B140 Series) 1. Install the output tray [E] ( x 2). 2. Attach the staple position decal [F].

  • Page 80: Selecting The Staple Supply Name

    See “5. Service Tables”. SP6120 Staple Jogger Allows fine adjustment of the staple unit jogger fences for Adjustment different paper sizes, if required. See “5. Service Tables”. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 81: Accessory Check

    5. Tapping screw - M3x 10 ........... 2 6. Tapping screw - M3 x 8 ............ 1 7. Spacer (2 mm)..............1 8. Spacer (1 mm)..............1 9. Hopper ................1 B377I001A.WMF 1-41 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 82: Installation Procedure

    4. Remove the bracket [B] ( x 2) and paper guide [C] ( x 1). B377I103.WMF 5. Remove the plastic knockout [D]. 6. Install the sensor arm [E] ( x 1). 7. Install the spring [F]. B377I202.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 83 These may be used during future adjustments. NOTE: The spacers are used to adjust the horizontal positioning of the holes. 7. Reassemble the finisher and check the punch operation. B377I106.WMF 1-43 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 84: Cover Interposer Tray (B470)

    9. Right rear cover plate (for B478/B706 only) ..... 2 10. Right front corner plate (for B478/B706 only) ....2 11. Spacer (B468/B469/B674 only) ........1 12. Front door extension (bottom) .......... 1 B470I006.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 85: Cover Interposer Tray (B470)

    • 3000-sheet Finisher B469 • 3000-sheet Finisher B478/B706. Important! The Cover Interposer Tray B470 can be installed and used only on the B064 Series or B140 Series machines. only NOTE • The B468/B469/B674 Finishers require installation of the front spacer only.

  • Page 86: Attaching The Extensions

    4. Attach the bottom front door extension [D] ( x 2, M4 x 8). 5. Attach the top front cover extension [E] ( x 2, M4 x 8). 6. Attach the rear cover extension [F] ( x 2, M3 x 6). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 87: Attaching The Interposer Tray

    • If you are installing the cover interposer tray on the B478/B706, go to the next section, install the corner plates on the B478/B706, then go to “Attaching the Finisher to the Machine” on page 1-50. 1-47 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 88: Right Rear Corner Plate (B478/B706 Only)

    4. With a long screw driver inserted through the notches in the right rear corner plate [D], tighten the screws. This attaches the right rear corner plate to the table extension [B]. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 89: Right Front Corner Plate (B478/B706 Only)

    You hear a click when it is put into its correct position. 3. Put a long screwdriver into the plate cutout [C]. Then, tighten the screw to attach the right front corner plate. 1-49 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 90: Attaching The Finisher To The Machine

    6. Attach the lock lever [C] ( x 1). 7. Lift the transport guide plate [D] to close it. 8. Connect the connector [E] into the copier. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 91 Important: Be sure to execute the correct SP code for the machine. Please refer to the table below. Machine Correct SP Code B064 series SP5959-006 B140 series SP5158-001 to 008 1-51 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 92: 9-Bin Mailbox (B471)

    Q’ty 1. Trays ................. 9 2. Guide plate ............... 1 3. Installation Instructions ............. 1 4. Tapping screws - M3 x 8........... 6 5. Decals (bin display) ............1 B471I001A.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 93: Installation Procedure

    1. Remove the top cover [A] of the finisher ( x 1). 2. Remove the bracket [B] ( x 1). NOTE: Loosen the screw. Do not remove it. B471I002.WMF 1-53 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 94 ( x 4, M3 x 8). 5. Attach the 9 trays [C] to the mailbox. 6. Give the decals [D] to the customer for notation and pasting at the correct location. B471I004.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 95: Sheet Finisher (B478/B706)

    12. Tapping Screws - M3 x 6 ..........4 13. Tapping Screws - M3 x 8 ..........4 14. Phillips Screws w/washer - M4 x 14......... 4 15. Shift Tray ................. 4 16. Installation Procedure ............1 B706I201A.WMF 1-55 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 96: Installation

    B478I003.WMF B478I014.WMF B478I019.WMF Important! • The 3000-Sheet Finisher B478 can be installed and used only on a B064 Series machine. ⇒ • The 3000-Sheet Finisher B706 can be installed and used only on a B140, B246 or D052 Series machine.
  • Page 97 For details, see the Cover Interposer Tray B470 installation instructions. 8. Install the entrance guide plate [D] ( x 2) (M3 x 6). 1-57 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 98: Moving The Finisher To A New Location

    Before you move the finisher, do SP6107-003. This moves all the finisher mechanisms to their home positions. After you move the finisher, the mechanisms go back to the ready condition automatically after you turn the power on. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 99: Punch Unit (B531/B812)

    10. Tapping Screw (M4 x 10)..........2 11. Step Screw (small) (M3 x 4)..........1 12. Machine Screw, Washer (M4 x 6) ........1 13. Knob ................. 1 14. Punch Waste Hopper............1 B531I001.WMF 1-59 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 100: Installation

    5. Behind the inner cover at [D] and [E], press the lock tab to the right to release the inner cover from the frame. 6. Remove the plastic knockouts [F]. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 101 8. Install the sensor arm [B] ( x 1, small step screw (M3 x 4). NOTE: Make sure that the sensor arm swings freely on the step screw. 9. Attach the spring [C]. 1-61 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 102 These extra spacers are used to adjust the horizontal position of the punch holes. 12. At the front, fasten the punch unit knob [D] ( x 1). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 103 16. Slide the hopper [F] into the finisher. 17. Re-attach the inner cover and rear cover. 18. Close the front door and re-connect the finisher to the machine. 1-63 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 104: Jogger Unit (B513)

    Check the accessories and their quantities against this list: Description Q’ty 1. Jogger Unit B513 .............. 1 2. Tapping Screws - M3 x 6 ..........2 3. Installation Procedure ............1 B064 Series/B140 Series 1-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 105: Installation Procedure

    6. On the left and right side, attach the jogger unit frame to the side of the finisher with the screws [E] provided ( x 2). 7. Re-attach the jogger unit cover to its frame with the screws removed in step 2 ( x 2). 1-65 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 106: Z-Folding Unit (B660)

    15. Screws M4 x 6 ..............8 Items 3, 4, are not required for the B706 (SR841) with B070/B071. Items 10, 11 are not required for the B674 (SR861) B660I003.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 107: Z-Folding Unit (B660)

    • Be cautious when installing the Z-Fold Unit B660. The unit may not be fully stable until attached to the finisher. Be Careful not to tilt the Z-Fold Unit as you perform the following procedures. 1-67 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 108: Unpacking

    5. Pull out the Z-folding mechanism [F] and remove the cushion [G]. 6. Open the right vertical transport cover [H]. 7. Remove four spacers [I] by pulling on the string. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 109: Docking To The Finisher

    • Attach front bracket [E] if the cover sheet interposer is installed. • Attach front bracket [F] if the cover sheet interposer is not installed. 6. Attach the ground plate [G] to the Z-folding unit ( x 2). 1-69 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 110 5. If the cover interposer tray is attached to the finisher, attach the ground plate [D] to the Z-folding unit ( x 2).  CAUTION With the support retracted, the Z-folding unit tips easily! B660I102.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 111 • Screw [E] is not needed if the Z-folder will be installed with a B246 Series machine and the SR4000 B700 or SR970 B701. • However, both brackets are required. Do not remove bracket 12. Fasten the rear lock bracket [D] ( x 1). 1-71 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 112: Docking To The Main Frame

    [C]. 11. Attach the I/F cable [H] of the Z-folding unit to the main machine. 12. Connect the power cord [I] to the Z-folding unit. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 113 13. Reattach the finisher rear cover ( x 2). 14. Connect the I/F cable [A] of the finisher to the Z-folding unit. 15. Raise or lower the nuts , , , to level the machine. 1-73 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 114 Auxiliary Tray for Shift Tray (B700 Only – Not Shown)..Auxiliary Tray for Proof Tray (B700 Only – Not Shown) ... Auxiliary Tray Storage Pocket (B700 Only – Not Shown). 3 screws M3x6 are provided for the B700. B700I201.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 115: 2000/3000 Sheet Finishers (B700/B701)

    Always turn the machine off and unplug the machine before doing any of the following procedures. 1. Unpack the machine and remove all the wrapping. 2. Remove all filament tape and shipping retainers from the finisher. 1-75 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 116 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 2000/3000 SHEET FINISHERS (B700/B701) B701 B700 B701I202.WMF B700I202.WMF 3. Open the front door. 4. Remove all tapes and shipping retainers inside the finisher. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 117 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 2000/3000 SHEET FINISHERS (B700/B701) B700 B701 B701I204.WMF B700I204.WMF 5. Pull out the jogger unit [A]. 6. Remove the tapes and retainers. 1-77 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 118: Docking The Finisher

    • Install the interposer now. The cover interposer must be installed before you dock the finisher to the copier. 9. Use a short screwdriver to attach the grounding plate [B] ( x 2, M3 x 6). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 119 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 2000/3000 SHEET FINISHERS (B700/B701) B700I105.WMF 10. Attach the rear bracket [A] ( x 2, M4 x 14). 11. Attach the front bracket [B] ( x 2, M4 x 14). 1-79 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 120 [D] enter their slots. 14. Attach and tighten the screw removed in Step 11. 15. Connect connector [E] to the main frame. 16. Attach the gasket seal [F] as shown. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 121: Attaching The Trays

    4. Place the auxiliary trays for the shift tray and proof tray in the pocket. B701 B246I901.WMF 1. Attach the output tray [A]. NOTE: Make sure the metal plate [B] overlaps the tray. 1-81 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 122: Leveling The Finisher

    Leveling the Finisher B701I109.WMF 1. Set the leveling shoes [A] (x 3) under the feet [B]. 2. Use a wrench to adjust the height of the screws [C] to level the machine. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 123: Selecting The Staple Supply Name

    4. Select any “Stapling Position” button then select the center (saddle-stitch) stapling symbol. 5. Exit the User Tools mode. Specify the number of copies, select the center stapling symbol on the operation panel, then start the print job. 1-83 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 124: Auxiliary Trays

    [A] on the proof tray on the top of the finisher. 3. Make sure that the arms of the auxiliary tray fit tightly over the ridges of the proof tray below. B246I903.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-84 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 125 B246I902.WMF back of the finisher. 6. Open and close the front door to re- initialize the finisher and reset the standby position of the shift tray. 1-85 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 126: Punch Unit (B702)

    Screws (M3 x 6)..............5 Side-to-Side Detection Unit ............ 1 Punching Unit ................. 1 B702I101.WMF  WARNING! Always turn the machine off and unplug the machine before doing any of the following procedures. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-86 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 127: Installation Procedure

    5. Connect and fasten the punch unit [E] ( x 2,  x 1). NOTE: The connectors are coiled and tied above the PCB on the right. 1-87 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 128 10. Fasten the side-to-side detection unit and connect it at the rear ( x 2,  x 1,  x 1). 11. Pull the short connector out of the connector [C] then connector it ( x 1). NOTE: This is the 3-pin connector. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-88 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 129 NOTE: This is the 4-pin connector. 15. Connect connector and fasten the punch waste transport unit. ( x 1,  x 1,  x 1). 16. Set the hopper [D] in its holder. 1-89 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 130: Cover Interposer Tray (B704)

    13. Anti-Static Brush ............... 1 14. Spacer (B706 only) ............1 15. Spacer (Not used)............. 1 16. Right front corner plate (for B706 only)......2 17. Front door extension (bottom) .......... 1 B704I101.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-90 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 131: Installation Procedure

    1. If the finisher is connected to the machine, disconnect it. 2. Remove all tape and retainers from the cover interposer tray [A]. 3. Remove the tape and cardboard [B] from the ground connector. 1-91 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 132: Preparing The Finisher (B700/B701/B706)

    Go to "Attaching the Extensions for the B700/B701" on page 1-96. -or- If you are installing the B706, modify the extensions and attach them to the finisher. Go to "Attaching the Extensions for the B706" on page 1-93. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-92 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 133: Attaching The Extensions For The B706

    4. Remove [F] and replace it with [G] ( x 1). Plate Extension (Bottom): 5. Remove bracket [H] and attach it to the end of the bottom plate extension ( x 2). 1-93 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 134: Prepare The Cover Interposer For The B706

    3. Remove the screws from the connector case [C] ( x2). 4. Push the connector case in the direction of the arrow until the second set of holes are aligned with the holes below, then attach the screws. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-94 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 135: Attach The Extensions To The B706

    8. Set the keyholes of the rear cover extension over of the heads of the screws. 9. Press up on the bottom of the rear cover extension to close the gap at the top of the cover, then tighten the screws. 1-95 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 136: Attaching The Extensions For The B700/B701

    4. Attach the bottom front cover extension [D] ( x 2, M4 x 8). 5. Attach the top front cover extension [E] ( x 2, M4 x 8). 6. Attach the rear cover extension [F] ( x 2, M3 x 6). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-96 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 137: Attaching The Interposer Tray (B700/B701/ B706)

    If you are installing the cover interposer tray on the B706, go to the next section, install the corner plates on the B706, then go to “Docking the Finisher and Interposer to the Machine” on page 1-100. 1-97 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 138: Attaching The Corner Plates For The B706

    3. With a long screw driver inserted through the cutouts in the right rear corner plate [D], tighten the screws to fasten the right rear corner plate to the table extension [B]. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-98 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 139 6. With a long screwdriver inserted into the plate cutout [C], tighten the screw to fasten the right front corner plate. 1-99 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 140: Docking The Finisher And Interposer To The Machine (B700/B701/B706)

    1. Attach the rear bracket [A] ( x 2, M4 x14). 2. Attach the front bracket [B] ( x 2, M4 x14). 3. Attach the gasket seals [C] and [D]. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-100 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 141 • Note: (B246/D054 Only) If the correct paper sizes are not detected by the cover interposer after install, manually put in the correct sizes via SP6107. B132I734.WMF 1-101 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 142 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA COVER INTERPOSER TRAY (B704) • Note: (B064/B140) If the correct paper sizes are not detected, see “Cover Interposer Tray B470 “ Service Manual , sections 2.1.3. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-102 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 143: Output Jogger Unit (B703)

    1.17 OUTPUT JOGGER UNIT (B703) 1.17.1 ACCESSORIES Check the accessories and their quantities against the following list. Description Q’ty 1. Jogger Unit ..............1 2. Tapping Screws - M3 x 6 ..........2 B703I101.WMF 1-103 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 144: Installation Procedure

    2. Disconnect the finisher from the main frame. 3. Use the flat head of a screwdriver to remove the left upper cover [A]. 4. Remove the cover plate [B] ( x 2). Save the screws. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-104 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 145 7. Attach the jogger unit to the finisher ( x 2). 8. Reattach the jogger unit cover [C] to the jogger unit ( x 2). 9. Enter Service Mode (5.1.1) and change SP6118 to “1” 1-105 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 146: Mail Box (B762)

    Check the accessories and their quantities against the following list. ⇒ Description Q’ty 1. Trays................. 9 2. Guide plate ............... 1 3. Tapping screws - M3x8............. 6 4. Decals (bin display) ............1 B762I001A.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-106 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 147: Installation Procedure

    Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the following procedure. 1. Remove the filament tape [A]. Important: Handle the mailbox carefully. The corner leaf [B] can be damaged easily. 1-107 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 148 NOTE: The cover interposer tray and mailbox cannot be installed on the finisher at the same time. 3. Remove the top cover [A] of the finisher ( x 1). 4. Remove the bracket [B] ( x 1). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-108 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 149 6. Attach the mailbox [B] to the top of the finisher ( x 4, M3x8). 7. Attach the 9 trays [C] to the mailbox. 8. Give the decals [D] to the customer for notation and attaching at the correct location. 1-109 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 150: Copy Tray (B756)

    6. Tapping Screw (M4 x 8)............ 1 7. Harness Clamp ..............1 8. Paper Height Sensor............1 9. Actuator Arm Bracket............1 10. Sensor Bracket ..............1 11. Actuator Arm..............1 B756I001.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-110 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 151: Installation

    B756I101.WMF Important! The Copy Tray B756 can be installed only on a B140 Series machine or a B246 Series machine. 1. Remove the left upper cover [A] ( x 2). 1-111 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 152 3. Attach the sensor bracket and actuator arm bracket [D] to the copier ( x 3). 4. Attach the sensor harness [E] ( x 1,  x 4). 5. Attach the actuator [F] to the arms of the actuator arm bracket. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-112 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 153 6. Reattach the left upper cover [A] ( x 2). 7. Attach the tray [B]. 8. Attach the small caps [C] to the holes 9. Attach the large cap [D] to cover the finisher power connection point. 1-113 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 154: Key Card Bracket (B498), Key Counter Bracket (B452)

    2. Harness Clamp ..............3. Tapping Screws (M3 x 8) ............ 4. Tapping Screws (M4 x 14) ..........5. Stud ................... 6. Decal .................. 7. Key Card Table Support ............. B498I001.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-114 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 155: Key Counter Bracket B452 Accessories

    5. Tapping Screws (M4 x 8) ............ 6. Tapping Screws (M4 x 16) ..........7. Harness ................8. Shoulder Screw ..............9. Key Counter Bracket Cover ..........10. Key Counter Bracket............B452I001.WMF 1-115 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 156: Installation

    1. Hold the key counter plate nuts [A] on the inner surface of the key counter bracket [B]. 2. Attach the key counter holder [C] to the key counter bracket ( x2). 3. Attach the key counter bracket cover [D] ( x2). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-116 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 157: Install The Key Card Bracket And Assembled Key Counter

    5. Put the keyholes [E] of the key card table [F] over the heads of the shoulder screws, as shown above. Then tighten the screws to attach the table (M4 x 14,  x2). 1-117 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 158 6. Attach the key counter bracket [A] ( x 2). 7. Attach the harness [B] to the key counter bracket and the machine ( x 1). 8. Attach the bracket support [C] to the side of the copier ( x 2). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-118 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 159: Copy Connector Kits

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA COPY CONNECTOR KITS 1.21 COPY CONNECTOR KITS 1.21.1 COPY CONNECTOR KIT (B525-10, -12) FOR B064 SERIES Important Notes 1. The following are the specialized firmware versions for use with the Copy Connector Kit or MLB option. When installing either of these options, it is...

  • Page 160: Accessory Check

    7. Key Top – Printer ..............2 8. Anti-static Cap ............... 2 9. Knob Screw ................4 10. Decal – Copy Connector............4 11. Tapping Screw – M3 x 8 ............4 B246MTC1CCK.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-120 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 161: Installation

    Unplug the machine main power cord before starting the following procedure. Perform the following procedures for both the main and sub copiers. Installing the Firmware: (B064 Series) B110I201.WMF 1. Remove the rear cover ( x 2). 2. Remove the controller cover ( x 10).

  • Page 162: Installing The Hardware

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA COPY CONNECTOR KITS Installing the Hardware (B064 Series) B110I202.WMF B110I201.WMF 1. Replace the interface board [A] with the MLB Interface Board [B]. NOTE: This step is not necessary from the following Serial Numbers: Part Number Serial Number...
  • Page 163 4. Remove the connector cover [A] ( x 2). 5. Install the CCK interface board [B] as shown. 6. Connect the harness [C] to CN315 on the MLB Board. 7. Attach the decals [D] as shown. 1-123 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 164 9. Attach the anti-static cap (2 knob screws [C]). 10. Replace the key top [D]. 11. Repeat both the firmware and hardware procedures above for the other copier. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-124 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 165 13. Use the Hubs [A] to connect the interface cables. NOTE: When connected in this way, the maximum length possible is 13.5m (3 interface cables). 14. Attach the ferrite cores [B] as shown. 1-125 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 166: Copy Connector Kit (B328-03) For B140 Series

    “Printer/Other Function” ............2 “Printer/Other Function” + Scanner........2 7. SDRAM DIMM 64 MB ............2 8. Operating Instructions (NA) ..........1 9. CD-ROM (Operating Instructions for EU) ......1 B064 Series/B140 Series 1-126 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 167: Preparation

    EU) on a machine with the printer/scanner option installed • Install the key labeled “Other Function” (or its equivalent symbol key-top for EU) on a machine without the printer/scanner option. 1-127 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 168: Installation

    2. Remove the controller box cover [A] ( x 12). 3. Remove the cover from Slot A2 [B] ( x 2). 4. Put the Copy Connector Kit board [C] in Slot A2 and tighten the knob screws (x B064 Series/B140 Series 1-128 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 169 10. Connect the other end of the cable to the other machine. -or- If the distance between the machines is more than 4.5 m (14.8 ft.), connect the cables to a connector hub [F]. 1-129 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 170 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA COPY CONNECTOR KITS B064I402.WMF 15. Replace the key tops [A]. 16. Repeat the firmware and hardware procedures above for the other copier. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-130 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 171: Copy Connector (B842) For B246/D052 Series

    1. Tandem/FCU Mount ..............2 2. Copy Connector Board B842 ..........2 3. Power Repeater Cable............2 4. Coupling Interface Cable 1394 ..........3 5. Screws ...................3 6. Repeater Hub 1394 ...............2 7. Keytops..................2 B842I101.WMF 1-131 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 172: Preparation

    EU) on a machine with the printer/scanner option installed • Install the key labeled “Other Function” (or its equivalent symbol key-top for EU) on a machine without the printer/scanner option. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-132 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 173: Installation

    4. Remove the lower board slot face plate [D] ( x3). 5. Insert the Tandem/FCU mount [E] and fasten it ( x3). • Confirm that the edge connector fastened to the mother board before you fasten the screws. 1-133 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 174 Tandem/FCU mount ( x2). 9. Reattach the file format converter mount [D] ( x2) 10. If the file format converter [E] was removed from slot A2, reinstall it (Knob  x2) B064 Series/B140 Series 1-134 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 175 If the distance between the machines is more than 4.5 m (14.8 ft.), use two cables by connecting them with a connector hub [A]. 13. Replace the keytops [B] on both machines. 1-135 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 176: Mfp Options: B064 Series

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES 1.22 MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES 1.22.1 PRINTER/SCANNER KIT (G338), PRINTER KIT (G339) ACCESSORY CHECK Check the accessories and their quantities against this list: Description Q’ty 1. Scanner/Printer DIMM (G338) or Printer DIMM (G339)..1 2.

  • Page 177: Installation Procedure

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES 1.22.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Inserting DIMMs Read this section carefully before installation so you know how to insert the DIMMs correctly.  CAUTION Follow the procedure below to connect the DIMMs to the controller board.

  • Page 178: Installation Procedure

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES Installation Procedure G338I201.WMF  CAUTION Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the following procedure. NOTE: The printer/scanner unit requires at least 128 MB of memory (more is recommended). Memory chips are not packaged with this unit.
  • Page 179 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES G338I402.WMF 9. Make sure that the following SP commands are set correctly. • SP5811 – Machine No. Setting • SP5907 – Plug & Play 10. Attach the provided decal near the machine name on the copier.

  • Page 180: Ps3 (B525-08)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES 1.22.3 PS3 (B525-08) B064I204.WMF 1. Remove the rear upper cover ( x 2). 2. Remove the controller cover ( x 9). 3. Insert the PS3 module [A] into Slot 2.  CAUTION Make sure that the DIMM is inserted correctly.( 1.22.2)

  • Page 181: Usb 2.0 (B525-01)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES 1.22.4 USB 2.0 (B525-01) ACCESSORY CHECK Check the accessories and their quantities against this list: Description Q’ty 1. USB 2.0 PCB................. 1 Installation Procedure B064I202.WMF  CAUTION Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the following procedure.

  • Page 182: Usb Sp Settings

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES USB SP Settings The following SP commands are available. However, only one setting may require adjustment and this setting should be performed only if the customer is experiencing USB data transmission errors. NOTE: Do not change the settings marked “DFU”. These settings are for design and factory use only.

  • Page 183: Ieee1394 (G561) Firewire Interface

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES 1.22.5 IEEE1394 (G561) FIREWIRE INTERFACE ACCESSORY CHECK Check the accessories and their quantities against this list: Description Q’ty 1. IEEE-1394 Cable 2M 4PI ............1 2. IEEE-1394 Cable 2M 6PI ............1 3. PCB GW1394................ 1...

  • Page 184: Installation Procedure

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES Installation Procedure B064I205.WMF  CAUTION Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the following procedure. 1. Remove the rear upper cover ( x 2). 2. Remove the controller cover ( x 9).

  • Page 185: Up Mode Settings For Ieee 1394

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES UP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394 Enter the UP mode and follow the procedure below to perform the initial interface settings for IEEE 1394. These settings take effect every time the machine is powered on.

  • Page 186: Sp Mode Settings For Ieee 1394

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES SP Mode Settings for IEEE 1394 The following SP commands can be set for IEEE 1394. To enter the SP mode:  1. Press Clear Modes 2. On the operation panel keypad, press .

  • Page 187: Ieee802.11B Wireless Lan (G628)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES 1.22.6 IEEE802.11B WIRELESS LAN (G628) ACCESSORY CHECK Check the accessories and their quantities against this list: Description Q’ty 1. Wireless LAN PCB (GW-WLAN) ........... 1 2. Antenna (GW-WLAN) (options) ..........2 3. Card (GW-WLAN) ..............1 4.

  • Page 188: Installation Procedure

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES Installation Procedure 40 ~ 60 mm B064I206.WMF B064I207.WMF  CAUTION Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the following procedure. 1. Remove the rear upper cover ( x 2). 2. Remove the controller cover ( x 9).

  • Page 189: Up Mode Settings For Wireless Lan

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES UP Mode Settings for Wireless LAN Enter the UP mode and follow the procedure below to perform the initial interface settings for IEEE 802.11. These settings take effect every time the machine is powered on.
  • Page 190 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES 9. WEP (Privacy) Setting. The WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) setting is designed to protect wireless data transmission. In order to unlock encoded data, the same WEP key is required on the receiving side. There are 64 bit and 128 bit WEP keys.

  • Page 191: Sp Mode Settings For 802.11B Wireless Lan

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES Rev. 04/2008 SP Mode Settings for 802.11b Wireless LAN The following SP commands can be set for 802.11b  1. Press Clear Modes 2. On the operation panel keypad, press . 3. Hold down Clear/Stop  for more than 3 seconds.

  • Page 192: File Format Converter (Mlb) (B519)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES 1.22.7 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER (MLB) (B519) NOTE: 1. This table shows the special firmware versions to use with the Copy Connector Kit or File Format Converter (MLB option). When you install one of these options, it is necessary to install these firmware modules together as a set.

  • Page 193: Accessory Check

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES Rev. 04/2008 ACCESSORY CHECK Check the accessories and their quantities against this list: Description Q’ty 1. File Format Converter Board ..........1 2. MLB bracket................1 3. MLB panel................1 4. Screw M3 x 6 ................. 2 Installation Procedure ...

  • Page 194: Installing The Hardware

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B064 SERIES Installing the Hardware B110I104.WMF 1. Remove the slot cover [A] ( x 2). 2. Remove the bracket [B] and attach the MLB panel [C]. 3. Attach the File Format Converter board [D] to the controller board ( x 2).

  • Page 195: Merging Applications On One Sd Card

    • Before uploading to an SD card, always make sure that the write-protect switch is OFF. (It is very easy to accidentally turn on the write-protect switch when inserting or removing an SD card.) 1-155 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 196: Merging Applications

    15. Turn the copier off again, then: • Reattach the SD card slot cover. • Attach the rear cover of the machine. • Store the SD cards that were copied. ( Pg.1-158) B064 Series/B140 Series 1-156 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 197: Undo Exec

    B246/D052 Series 10. Turn the main switch ON. 11. Do SP5990-005 (Loading Program) and make sure the program runs correctly. 12. Turn the main switch OFF. 13. Remove the SD card. 1-157 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 198: Storing Copied Sd Cards On Site

    Return copied SD cards to the customer for safekeeping, or tape the copied SD cards to the inside of the front door. Do not remove copied SD cards from the machine site. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-158 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 199: Overview

    (shown in the diagram). MFP Option Slot Assignment Tandem B1 B2 1394/802.11b/ USB2.0/Bluetooth File Format Converter B3 B4 Paralle(1284) Ethernet Printer/Scanner Option PDL A1 A2 Service B659I101.WMF 1-159 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 200: Printer/Scanner Kit (B659)

    6. Ferrite Core................1 7. CD-ROM ................2 NOTE: The optional 256 MB Memory Kit B585 is necessary for this installation. This memory kit is not supplied with the Printer/Scanner Kit B580. B246MTC2PS.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-160 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 201: Installation

    4. Install the DIMM in slot [C] above the other memory DIMM [D]. NOTE: To remove the memory DIMM, pull out the spring-loaded clips on one of the two ends of the DIMM. 5. Attach the controller box cover. 1-161 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 202 12. Wind the cable [G] one full turn around the ferrite core [H], then close the core to lock it. 13. Connect the adapter [I] to the NIB board. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-162 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 203 16. Replace the old key top assembly [A] with the new one [B]. 17. Make sure that these SP commands are set correctly. • SP5811 – Machine No. Setting • SP5907 – Plug & Play 1-163 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 204: Ps3 (B525-15)

    • Make sure the SD Card is installed and locked in position. • If it is not fully in the slot, push it in carefully until it locks in position. 4. Turn the machine on. B659I111.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-164 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 205: Usb 2.0 Interface Board (B596-01)

    3. Install the USB 2.0 interface board [A] in Slot B1 and attach it with the screws. 4. Print a configuration page to make sure that the machine can see the USB interface board. User Tools > Printer Features > List Test Print > Configuration Page 1-165 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 206: Ieee 1394 Interface Board (B581-01)

    4. Turn the machine on and print a configuration page to make sure that the machine can see the IEEE 1394 (FireWire) board: User Tools> Printer Features> List Test Print> Configuration Page B064 Series/B140 Series 1-166 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 207: Ieee 802.11B Interface Board (B582-01, -02)

    3. Remove the plastic cap from the PCI card. 4. Insert the PCI card [A] into the wireless LAN board. 5. Install the wireless LAN board [B] in Slot B1 and attach it with the screws. 1-167 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 208 9. Turn the machine on and print a configuration page to make sure that the machine can see the installed IEEE 802.11b interface board: User Tools> Printer Features> List Test Print> Configuration Page B064 Series/B140 Series 1-168 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 209: Bluetooth Interface Unit (G377)

    2. Install the Bluetooth board [A] (Knob-screw x 2). 3. Insert the Bluetooth card [B] in the slot. 4. Push the antenna [C] to extend it. 5. Attach the antenna cap [D]. 1-169 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 210: File Format Converter (B609)

    1. Turn the machine off. ⇒ 2. Remove the cover of Slot A2 ( x 2). ⇒ 3. Install the file format converter board [A] in Slot A2 and attach it with the screws. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-170 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 211: Data Overwrite Security Unit (B735)

    NOTE: "Available Settings" is not displayed until Step 2 is completed. If this setting is not selected,inform the customer that this setting must be selected before you can do the installation procedure. 1-171 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 212: Seal Check And Removal

    2. If the surfaces of the tapes do not show “VOID”, remove them from the corners of the box. 3. After you remove each seal, the “VOID” marks [B] appear. This is normal. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-172 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 213: Installation Procedure

    8. Exit SP mode. 9. Turn the operation switch off, then turn the main power switch off. 10. Turn the main power switch on again. 11. Do SP5990-005 (SP print mode Diagnostic Report). 1-173 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 214 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B140/B246/D052 SERIES 12. Make sure the ROM number and firmware version [A] in the diagnostic report are the as the ROM and version number of [B]. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-174 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 215 • The icon goes back to its usual shape [C]. 18. Remove the Document Server and Scanner key-tops, and replace them with the blank key-tops that are supplied with the kit. 1-175 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 216: Mfp Options: B246/D052 Series

    Only one of these boards can be inserted at a time. This is the only SD card slot available for applications. If more than one application is to be used, the applications must be merged onto one SD card. ( 1.23.1) B064 Series/B140 Series 1-176 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 217: Common Procedures

    Storing Copied SD Cards Copied SD cards cannot be used. However, they nonetheless must be stored at the site to server as proof of purchase by the customer. 00MTY.bmp 00MTY.BMP 1-177 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 218: Printer Scanner Kit (B841/D406)

    Description Q’ty 1. Printer/Scanner SD Card ............1 2. 256 MB Memory DIMM ............. 1 3. Keytop Printer ................1 4. Keytop Scanner ................. 1 5. CD-ROM ..................2 B246MTC3PS.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-178 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 219: Installation

    1. Remove the rear upper and lower covers ( x 2 ea.) ( 3.3.2) 2. Remove the controller box cover [A] ( x 13). 3. Insert the 256 MB memory DIMM [B] into the empty slot. 4. Reattach the controller box cover. 1-179 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 220 [D], then close the core to lock it. 8. Connect the adapter to the network board in Slot B3 . NOTE: The USB/Ethernet Board is pre-installed in Slot B3 . TEMPI901.BMP B064 Series/B140 Series 1-180 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 221 • SP5811 – Machine No. Setting • SP5907 – Plug & Play NOTE: After you change SP 5985 001 and 002, you must then turn the main power switch off and on. 1-181 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 222: Postscript3 (B525)

    1. Switch the machine OFF. 2. Remove the SD card slot cover [A] ( x 1). 3. Insert the PS3 SD Card [B] into Slot C2 . 4. Switch the machine ON. B525I101.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-182 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 223: Ieee1394 Interface Board (B581)

    B581I101.WMF 4. Switch the machine on and print a configuration page to confirm that the machine recognizes the installed board: User Tools> Printer Features> List/Test Print> Configuration Page 1-183 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 224: Wireless Lan G813 (802.11B)

    5. Attach the cap [D]. 6. Switch the machine on and print a G813I101.WMF configuration page to confirm that the machine recognizes the installed board: User Tools> Printer Features> List/Test Print> Configuration Page B064 Series/B140 Series 1-184 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 225: Bluetooth Interface Unit Type C B826

    6. Insert the interface board (with card and adapter inserted) into Slot B2 . 7. Attach the card cover [E] (used to prevent static electricity). 8. Confirm that Bluetooth is installed correctly: User Tools> Printer Features> List/Test Print> Configuration Page 1-185 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 226: Accessory Check

    1. Turn the machine off. 2. Remove the cover of Slot A2 [A] ( x 2). 3. Install the file format converter board [B] in Slot A2 and attach it with the screws. B609I101.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-186 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 227: Data Overwrite Security Unit Type C B735

    (selected) before you do the installation procedure. Accessory Check The B246 series uses a Type C Data Overwrite Security Unit. Check the accessories and their quantities against this list: Description Q’ty 1. SD Card ................1 1-187 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 228: Seal Check And Removal

    5. The procedures outline in this bulletin needs to be followed if the DOSS option is replaced due to a failure. CAUTION Before you begin any procedure, always turn OFF the machine main power switch and unplug the power cord. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-188 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 229: Installation Procedure

    8. Exit SP mode. 9. Turn the operation switch OFF, then turn the main power switch OFF. 10. Turn the main power switch ON again. 11. Do SP5990-005 (SP print mode Diagnostic Report). 1-189 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 230 Setting >> ON If the customer has enabled Administrator Authentication Management - Machine Management they will have to log in to change this User Tool setting. 14. Exit User Tools. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-190 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 231 • The bottom of the icon (white part) becomes thicker [B]. • “Next Copy” is displayed for a short time under the icon. • The icon returns to its usual shape [C]. 1-191 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 232: Remote Communication Gate Type Cm1 (B818)

    5. Enter the SP mode and note the settings of the following SP codes: SP5816 Remote Service Note Setting 150 Selection Country 153 Selection: Dial/Push 154 Outside Line/Outgoing Number 161 Telephone Number B064 Series/B140 Series 1-192 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 233 Show device registration result Other error 3,4,5,6: Communication error 0: Succcess Finish B246I905.WMF 7. Confirm that the @Remote Network Interface B818 modem is installed correctly: User Tools> Printer Features> List/Test Print> Configuration Page 1-193 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 234: Installation

    Parameter error -2393 Basil unit not registered -2394 Device not registered -2395 Basil Box ID illegal -2396 Basil Device ID illegal -2397 ID2 format incompatible -2398 Format of request number incompatible. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-194 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 235: Usb Host Interface Unit Type A (B825)

    USB Host Interface Type A............1 Installation 1. Remove the cover [A] of board Slot B1 ( x2). 2. Install the USB host interface board [B] in Slot B1 ( x2). B825I101.WMF 1-195 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 236: Browser Unit Type B (B828)

    14. Select "OK". You will see "Installing…" then "Completed". 15. Select "Exit" twice to return to the copy screen. 16. Remove the SD card from the machine B064 Series/B140 Series 1-196 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 237: Copy Data Security Unit Type C (B829)

    B829I101.WMF IPU board unit [D] ( x7,  x2). 4. Slowly slide the IPU board and bracket out of the controller box. 5. Remove the [E] IPU ( x8 B829I102.WMF 1-197 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 238 4. Select "System Settings". 5. Select "Administrator Tools". 6. Select next 2 or 3 times until you see "Data Security for Copying". 7. Select "ON". 8. Select "OK" to enable the setting. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-198 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 239: Vm Card (B861)

    6. Set the heap size and stack size for the application. (In User Tools/Extended Features setting, see the Administrator Tools tab.) 7. Install the application using the installation procedure provided with the application. 1-199 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 240: Ieee1284 B679

    1. Switch the machine off. 2. Remove the cover [A] of Slot B2 ( x 2). 3. Insert the 1284 Centronics board [B] into Slot B2 and fasten it with the screws. B679I101.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-200 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 241: Gigabit Ethernet G381

    G381I101.WMF 4. Print a configuration page to confirm that the machine recognizes the board. User Tools > Printer Features > List/Test Print > Configuration Page 1-201 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 242: Fax Option Type 7500 (B819)

    Super G3 Decal Instructions 10. Telephone Cable (NA only) 11. FCU Power Harness 12. FCU Power Relay Harness (insulated) 13. Speaker 14. FCC Decal (NA Only) 15. Serial Number Decal B819R101A.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-202 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 243: Installation Procedure

    3. Remove the rear lower cover [C] ( x 2) When re-attaching, before tightening the screws make sure that the tabs on the cover are engaged with the shoulder screws. 1-203 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 244 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B246/D052 SERIES Rev. 01/2007 B819R103.WMF 4. Remove the controller box cover [A] ( x13). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-204 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 245 MFP OPTIONS: B246/D052 SERIES Rev. 01/2007 B819R104A.WMF 5. Remove the option board cover [A] ( x2). 6. Remove the option faceplate [C] ( x3). 7. Remove the cover plate [D] ( x1). 1-205 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 246 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MFP OPTIONS: B246/D052 SERIES Rev. 01/2007 B819R105.WMF 8. Attach the interface board [A] ( x3). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-206 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 247 Important : If the jumper remains at the OFF position this will cause SC672 (Controller Startup Error) to appear. 10. Attach the FCU [B] to the interface board ( x4). 11. Press on the "RICOH" logo at [C] to confirm that the MBU is securely mounted on the FCU. 1-207 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 248 B819R107.WMF 12. Attach the speaker [A] to the side of the controller box ( x2). on the FCU ( x1,  x2). 13. Connect the speaker harness [B] to CN605 B064 Series/B140 Series 1-208 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 249 15. Reattach the option faceplate [B] removed in Step 6 ( x3). 16. Attach the fax connector bracket [C] ( x1). NOTE : Make sure that the protective sleeves [D] and [E] are attached properly. 1-209 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 250 Rev. 01/2007 B819R109.WMF 17. Connect the small end of the FCU power harness [A] to CN323 18. Set the large end of the harness [B] into the vertical cutout [C]. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-210 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 251 21. Connect the other end of the FCU power relay harness [C] to the harness connector set in the vertical cutout at (the connector set in Step 18) ( x1,  x1). 1-211 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 252 B819R111A.WMF 22. Remove the blank keytop [A] (5th from the top) and replace it with one of the keytops provided [B] (either the "Facsimile" keytop or the fax symbol keytop). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-212 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 253 23. Attach the "Super G3" decal to the front door. 24. Attach the FCC and serial number decals to the rear cover of the machine.. NOTE: The FCC decal is for the U.S. and Canada only. 1-213 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 254 2. Insert the end of the telephone cable [A] with the ferrite core into the "LINE" RJ- 11 connector. 3. Reattach all covers and the ADF cable. 4. Connect the machine power cord to the power supply, then switch the main power switch. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-214 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 255 "Set Time". IMPORTANT: To enable Fax Option Type 7500, the following firmware must be installed: System firmware (v2.04 or later) Fax firmware (v3.00 or later) and LCDC firmware (v1.19 or later). 1-215 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 256: Component Check

    FFC (Flat Film Connector) Telephone Cable (NA Only) FCC Decal (NA Only) 1 One additional G3 interface unit (ordered separately) can be mounted in the open slot of the G3 interface board. B820R101A.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 1-216 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 257: Installation Procedure

    3. Remove the rear lower cover [C] ( x 2) When re-attaching, before tightening the screws make sure that the tabs on the cover are engaged with the shoulder screws. 1-217 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 258 5. If installing single-line G3, remove only one blind cover -or- If installing dual-line G3, remove two blind covers NOTE : Make sure the protective sleeve [A] is attached properly. B064 Series/B140 Series 1-218 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 259 8. Connect the other end of the FFC [C] to the FCU. Important : Connect the FFC with the green, insulated visble and the bare connector strip down so it touches the connector strip of the board. 1-219 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 260 11. If only one G3 line is being installed, go to the next step. -or- If two lines are being installed, insert the 2nd G3 board [A] into the empty slot of the interface unit and fasten it ( x2). B064 Series/B140 Series 1-220 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 261 G3 board installation. 14. Reinstall all covers and reconnect the ADF cable. 15. Attach the FCC decal to the rear cover of the machine. 1-221 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 262 3. Connect the machine power cord to the power supply, then switch on the main power switch. 4. Enter the Service Mode. Push [Reset], enter "107", then hold down "Clear/Reset" for at least 3 sec. Touch "Fax SP" B064 Series/B140 Series 1-222 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 263 If one G3 line is installed, use SP3103 (PSTN-1 Port Settings) to do the PSTN settings. If two G3 lines are installed, use SP3103 (PSTN-1 Port Settings) and SP3104 (PSTN-2 Port Settings) to do the PSTN settings for the first and second G3 line. 1-223 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 264 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 265 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 266 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 267: Preventive Maintenance

    Replace if necessary. Potential Sensor Blower brush. Quenching Lamp Dry cloth. Transfer Entrance Stay Dry cloth. Ozone Filter (Top) Cleaning Filter Cleaning Side Seal Dry cloth. Cleaning Entrance Seal Dry cloth. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 268 Dry cloth, blower brush Sensor Grip Rollers Dry cloth, blower brush Paper Feed Guide Dry cloth Plate Vertical Transport Alcohol Rollers Paper Feed Sensors Blower brush Paper End Sensors Blower brush B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 269 • Always replace pick-up, feed and separation rollers as a set. • If the copier is a B064 Series machine, check the counter value for each paper tray station with SP7204 (Copy Counter – Paper Trays). If the value has reached 300K, replace the rollers.
  • Page 270 Bearings Pressure Cleaning Roller Spring Plate B140/B246/D052 Series: “R” Pressure Roller at 300K Pressure Roller Bearings B064 Series: “R” at 500K Always replace pressure roller and bearings together. Thermistors x2 B140/B246/D052 Series: “R” at 300K B064 Series: “I” at 500K...

  • Page 271: Optional Peripheral Devices

    NOTE: Replace pick-up, feed and separation rollers as a set. If the copier is a machine of the B064 Series, check the counter value for each paper tray station with SP7204 (Copy Counter – Paper Trays). If the value has reached 300K, replace the rollers.

  • Page 272: Sheet Finisher With 50-Sheet Stapler And Saddle-Stitching B468/B469/B674

    Note: The circuit breaker on the Z-Folding Unit B660 should be tested every 2,400K. However, since this interval exceeds the expected life of the machine, it is unlikely you will ever have to test this circuit breaker. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 273: Sheet Booklet Finisher B700/B701

    PM Counter Display Displays the PM count since the last PM. 7804* PM Counter Reset Resets the PM count. Ensure that you reset the PM counter via SP7804 at the completion of each B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 274 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 275 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 276 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 277: Replacement And Adjustment

    (RAM data change or corruption would be the worst case scenario). 3. To prevent drum scratches, remove the development unit before removing the drum unit. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 278: Transfer Belt Unit

    4. Do not touch the glass surface of the polygon mirror motor unit with bare hands. 5. After replacing the LD unit, perform the laser beam pitch adjustment. Failure to do so will result in an SC code being generated. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 279: Charge Corona

    9. When replacing the TD sensor, replace the developer, then execute SP2801 (TD Sensor Initialization) and SP2962 (Adjustment of Drum Conditions). B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 280: Cleaning

    1. We recommend checking the amount of used toner at every EM. 2. Dispose of used toner in accordance with local regulations. Never throw toner into an open flame. Toner dust is flammable and may ignite. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 281: Special Tools And Lubricants

    SD (Secure Digital) Card – 64 MB (B140/B246/D052) B6456700 PCMCIA Card Adapter B6456800 USB Reader/Writer 3.2.2 LUBRICANTS Part No. Description A2579300 Grease Barrierta – JFE 5 5/2 52039502 Silicon Grease G-501 54429101 Setting Powder B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 282: Operation Panel And External Covers

    [B]: Operation panel ( x 1) 3.3.2 FRONT DOOR B246R902.WMF While supporting the front door [A] with one hand, press down on the hinge bracket [B] then raise the door slightly to remove it. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 283: Right Covers

    • After removing the screws, slide the cover down to remove it. • When re-attaching, before tightening the screws make sure that the tabs [E] on the cover are engaged with the grooves on the machine. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 284: Left Covers

    [B]: Left lower cover ( x 2) • Slide down to remove. • When re-attaching, before tightening the screws make sure that the tabs on the cover are engaged with the grooves on the machine. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 285: Rear Covers

    [C]: Rear lower cover ( x 2) • When re-attaching, before tightening the screws make sure that the tabs on the cover are engaged with the shoulder screws. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 286: Scanner

    [E]: ADF base left and right plates ( x 2) • While holding the ADF firmly, slide the ADF back and lift the large end of the keyholes over the shoulder screws. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 287: Top Covers

    3.4.1) [A]: Top inside cover ( x 2) [B]: Top left cover ( x 1) [C]: Top right cover ( x 1) [D]: Operation panel ( x 1) ( 3.3.1) 3-11 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 288: Exposure Glass

    • Position the exposure glass first. Make sure that the arrow (white) mark is in the upper left corner. • When re-installing the left cover, make sure it is seated correctly. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 289: Scanner Original Size Sensors

    3.4.2) [A]: Original length sensor ( x 1,  x 1) NOTE: In North America, two length sensors are provided. [B]: Original width sensor ( x 1,  x 1) 3-13 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 290: Lens Block

    NOTE: To avoid damaging the lens block, never set it down on the side with the PCB; turn it over with the PCB up. Re-assemble the machine, then perform the scanner and printer adjustments. 3.14) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 291: Exposure Lamp

    Push the 1st scanner [A] to the cutout [B] in the scanner frame. [C]: Exposure lamp cover ( x 2) [D]: Exposure lamp ( x 3,  x 1) NOTE: Never touch the surface of the exposure lamp with bare fingers. 3-15 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 292: Lamp Regulator

    [A]: Metal strip reflector NOTE: Avoid touching the surface of the reflector and do not bend it. [B]: Lamp regulator ribbon connector [C]: Lamp regulator ( x 4,  x 1) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 293: Scanner Motor Drive Board (Sdrb)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SCANNER 3.4.7 SCANNER MOTOR DRIVE BOARD (SDRB) B246R915.WMF Rear upper cover ( 3.3.5) [A]: Scanner motor drive board ( x 3,  x 3) 3-17 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 294: Scanner Motor

    [E]: Vent ( x 2) [F]: Scanner motor ( x 1, harnesses x 2,  x 3, timing belt x 1) Re-assemble the scanner, then do the scanner and printer adjustments. ( 3.14) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 295: Scanner Hp Sensor

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SCANNER 3.4.9 SCANNER HP SENSOR B246R919.WMF Rear upper cover ( 3.3.5) [A]: Sensor bracket and leaf ( x 1) [B]: Scanner HP sensor ( x 1) 3-19 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 296: Scanner Wire Replacement

    [B]: Left stay ( x 5) [C]: Right stay ( x 5) [D]: ADF upper support frame ( x 8) [E]: Lower support frame ( x 6) [F]: Scanner unit front panel ( x 6) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 297: Wire Removal: Back

    B246R922.WMF [A]: Drive pulley ( x 1) [B]: Timing belt [C]: Tension bracket ( x 1, spring x 1) [D]: Rear wire pulley ( x 1) and rear scanner wire 3-21 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 298: Wire Removal: Front

    [A]: Tension bracket ( x 1, spring x 1) [B]: Front wire pulley ( x 1) • Remove the screw. While pulling back on the drive shaft, remove the pulley shaft. [C]: Scanner wire B064 Series/B140 Series 3-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 299: Attaching The New Wire

    5. Wind the ring-end of the wire around the pulley [D], install the tension bracket [E] , then tighten the screw slightly to temporarily lock the wire to the bracket 3-23 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 300 1st scanner bracket screws, tension bracket screw. 10. With the pulley facing directly up, tighten the screws again to fix the pulley in place. 11. Re-assemble the scanner, then perform the scanner and printer adjustments. 3.14) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 301: Scanner Heater

    [A]: Scanning glass plate ( x 4). [B]: Scanner heater ( x 2). [C]: Fasten the cable with the harness clamp. [D]: Fasten the connector on the left side of the machine ( x 1). 3-25 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 302: Laser Unit

    • Never power on the machine with any of these components removed: 1) LD unit, 2) polygon motor cover, 3) synchronization detector. 3.5.1 CAUTION DECALS B246R929.WMF B246R930.WMF Two caution decals are provided for the laser section. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 303: Ld Unit And Polygon Motor

    Before fastening the polygon motor in place ( x 3,  x 2), make sure that the glass panel of the laser port is facing to the right (toward the mirrors in the optical path). 3-27 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 304 Scan Beam Pitch Adjustment) 001, 002, and 003. • Do not remove this label, and make sure it is flat against the side of the LD unit. 3. Perform the scanner and printer adjustments. ( 3.14) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 305: Laser Synchronization Detector Replacement

    NOTE: If the optional LCT is installed, disconnect it ( x 1). [A]: Development unit fans ( x 4,  x 1) [B]: Synchronization detector ( x 1,  x 1) After replacement, set SP1002-001~007 (Side-to-Side Registration) to the defaults. 3-29 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 306: Laser Unit Alignment

    ( x 3). B246R935.WMF 6. While watching the scale [A], use a flathead screwdriver [B] to move the laser exposure unit left or right to adjust the position of the unit. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 307 8. After adjustment, tighten the screws on the laser exposure unit, re-assemble the machine and print the pattern again with SP2902-003 No.18. 9. Check the pattern. Repeat the procedure if more adjustment is required. 3-31 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 308: Drum Unit

    • Allow the unit to slip to the right, then slowly pull it out of the machine. NOTE: If the LCT is installed, you may need to disconnect it so the front door can open far enough to allow removal of the development unit. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 309: Re-Installation

    2. Install the test development unit, then input the V for this unit into SP2220. 3. After the test, reinstall the old development unit, and change SP2220 back to the original value. 3-33 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 310: Charge Corona Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DRUM UNIT 3.6.2 CHARGE CORONA UNIT B246R941.WMF Development unit ( 3.6.1) [A]: Charge corona unit ( x 1,  x 1) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 311: Charge Corona Wire And Grid

    5) After replacing the charge corona wire, make sure that the wire cleaner pads are engaged correctly with the wires. 6) After replacing the wire, set SP2001-001 (Charge Roller Bias Adjustment – Applied Voltage for Image Processing) to the default. 3-35 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 312: Charge Corona Wire Cleaning Pads

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DRUM UNIT 3.6.4 CHARGE CORONA WIRE CLEANING PADS B246R944.WMF Charge corona unit ( 3.6.2) Charge corona wire and grid ( 3.6.3) [A]: Cleaning pad ( x 1) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 313: Opc Drum Removal

    OPC drum, then wipe clean with a clean, slightly damp cloth. 3) Before installing a new drum, dust the surface of the OPC drum carefully with setting powder. For more, see next page. 3-37 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 314: Dusting The Drum Surface

    3. Install the new drum in the OPC unit so that the powdered surface [D] faces the cleaning blade [E]. 4. Rotate the drum once clockwise [F] until it stops again at the same position. Important: Never rotate the drum counter-clockwise. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 315: Ptl (B140/B246/D052 Series Only)

    B246R949.WMF OPC drum ( 3.6.5) [A]: PTL bracket ( x 2) [B]: PTL ( x 1) Reinstallation • The shoulder screw [C] must be attached again at its initial location. 3-39 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 316: Quenching Lamp

    [A]: Drum potential sensor ( x 2,  x 1) NOTE: If Auto Process Control is set to “on” (SP3901), perform SP2962 (Adjustment of Drum Conditions) after replacing the drum potential sensor. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 317: Cleaning Filter

    4) Before installing a new blade, make sure that the blade side seals are not pinched by the blade. 3-41 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 318: Cleaning Brush

    NOTE: 1) After replacing the cleaning brush, clean the ID sensor to make sure that it is clean and free of toner. 2) Avoid touching the cleaning brush with bare hands. 3) Check the entrance seals and confirm that they are not bent. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 319: Pick-Off Pawls

    [A]: ID sensor ( x 2,  x 1) After replacing the sensor, do the following SPs: • SP2962 (Adjustment of Drum Conditions), only if SP3901 (Auto Process Control) is on. • SP3001-002 (ID Sensor Initialization Setting). 3-43 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 320: Drum Motor

    Flywheel ( x 3) (not shown) [A]: Three gears ( x 1,  x 2, Timing belt x 1) [B]: Spring [C]: Timing belt [D]: Drum motor ( x 1,  x 5) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 321: Toner Collection Bottle

    2. Remove the lock pin [B], then pull out the toner collection bottle [C] and its base [D]. 3. Detach the bottle from the base clamp [E] and replace it. 3.6.16 TONER SEPARATION UNIT B246R960.WMF Development unit ( 3.6.1) [A]: Toner separation unit ( x 3) 3-45 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 322: Ozone Filters

    3.6.18 OPTICS DUST FILTER [A]: Filter cover [B]: Optics dust filter B246R962.WMF 3.6.19 INTERNAL DUST FILTER 1. Open the front door. 2. Pull out the internal dust filter [A]. B246R963.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 3-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 323: Development Unit

    B246R966.WMF other. • Make sure that the developer is evenly distributed. NOTE: Continue to turn the knob several times to prevent clumping in the developer. 3-47 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 324 • Hold down Clear/Stop  for more than 3 seconds. • Push “Copy SP” on the touch-panel. • Push . • Read the lot number from the pack of developer, input the number, then push . • Push Execute. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 325: Development Filter

    • When installing a new filter, set the filter inside the filter case then place the case on top of the filter bracket [C]. The filter case closes any gaps at the edges of the filter to prevent toner scatter. 3-49 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 326: Entrance Seal And Side Seals

    • When re-installing, make sure the tabs [C] and notches are engaged at four locations. [D]: Side seals • Remove the side seals from both ends, clean the area, and replace with new seals. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 327: Td Sensor

    [B]: Toner end sensor ( x 2) • Remove the screws carefully to avoid stripping the holes. • Before installing a new toner end sensor, clean the toner end sensor port [C]. 3-51 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 328: Toner Supply Motor

    [E]: Toner supply motor bracket ( x 2) [F]: Toner supply motor ( x 2) NOTE: After re-installation the tab [G] should be behind the stay and its pin below should be in the open track below. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 329: Development Motor

    • Lift the toner pump tube to disengage the drive rod, pull out the rod, and push the rubber tube aside. [D]: Development motor bracket ( x 3,  x 1) [E]: Development motor ( x 4) 3-53 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 330: Transfer Belt Unit

    However, the transfer belt unit must be removed carefully to avoid scratching the surface of the transfer belt on the OPC drum unit [D] above. Avoid touching the belt with bare hands. B246R977.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 3-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 331: Transfer Belt

    4. Release the drive roller [E] ( x 2). 5. Press in on the drive roller to collapse the unit into a “U” shape [F]. 6. Remove the belt and replace it. 3-55 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 332 • After re-installing the transfer belt unit, turn the belt and confirm that the toner collection coil turns. • The transfer belt and transfer roller cleaning blade must always be replaced together ( 3.8.2). B064 Series/B140 Series 3-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 333: Transfer Roller Cleaning Blade

    4) Work carefully around the transfer power pack located inside the transfer belt unit, especially when cleaning with an vacuum cleaner, to avoid damaging the power pack with static electricity. 3-57 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 334: Discharge Plate

    NOTE: When you re-assemble the discharge unit, set the discharge plate and make sure that it is perfectly flat before re-connecting the tabs. Before re-attaching the bracket [C], make sure that all the tabs are connected. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 335: Transfer Power Pack

    • Pass the ground terminal wire under the top connector of the solenoid bracket and tighten all the screws of the solenoid bracket. • Make sure the wire is below all the wire guides at the top. 3-59 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 336: Fusing Unit

    • Pull the fusing unit release lever, then pull the unit out on the rail supports. • At reassembly, make sure that the harness of the web drive motor is not pinched by the inner cover. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 337 [A]: Open the exit separation pawl assembly. [B]: Stopper bracket ( x 1) [C]: Fusing unit (B064 Series:  x 2, B140 Series:  x 3) Important: • Give support to the bottom of the fusing unit with your hand when you remove it.
  • Page 338 FUSING UNIT 3.9.2 FUSING PRESSURE RELEASE MOTOR (B140/B246/D052 SERIES) B246R987.WMF Fusing unit ( 3.9.1) [A]: Bracket ( x 1) [B]: Motor ( x 2,  x 1,  x 2) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 339: Fusing Pressure Release Hp Sensor (B140/B246/D052 Series)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FUSING UNIT 3.9.3 FUSING PRESSURE RELEASE HP SENSOR (B140/B246/D052 SERIES) B246R988.WMF Fusing unit ( 3.9.1) [A]: Bracket ( x 2) [B]: HP sensor (pawls x 4) 3-63 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 340: Fusing Unit Thermistors And Thermostats

    [A]: Upper cover ( x 1) [B]: Press in to release the pawls inside, then remove. Important: Make sure that the pawls [B] engage correctly when you install the unit again. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 341: B064 Series

    End thermistor bracket and thermistor ( x 1,  x 1, metal clamps) Center thermistor bracket and thermistor ( x 1,  x 1, metal clamps) Three thermostats ( x 5) 3-65 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 342: B246/D052 Series

    • If the harness is not positioned between the between the bracket ribs (as shown under “Incorrect" below), this could cause a machine fault (SC542 or SC545). Correct Incorrect （Ａ） （Ｂ） （Ｃ） B064 Series/B140 Series 3-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 343: Web Cleaning Roller

    2) Be sure to print an SMC report before executing Memory All Clear (SP5801). After executing SP5801, be sure to re-enter the value recorded for SP1902-001 in the SMC report. 3-67 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 344: Web Unit Assembly

    2) the web is below the feeler of the web end sensor. 7. Attach the upper cover. 8. After installing a new web roll, reset SP1902-001 to zero. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 345: Web Motor And Web End Sensor

    [E]: Web end sensor ( x 1, harness x 1) NOTE: At reassembly, make sure that the harness of the web driver motor is not pinched by the fusing inner cover 3-69 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 346: Pressure Roller Cleaning Unit

    [D] engages with the groove [E]. 2) If the bushings are noisy after replacement, lubricate them on both ends and the holes where the bushings are attached with Barietta Grease L553R. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 347: B140/B246/D052 Series

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FUSING UNIT B140/B246/D052 Series B246R1001.WMF Fusing unit ( 3.9.1) [A]: Cover ( x 1) [B]: Pressure cleaning roller ( x 2) 3-71 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 348: Fusing Lamps, Hot Roller, And Pressure Roller

    3.9.8 FUSING LAMPS, HOT ROLLER, AND PRESSURE ROLLER If you wish to remove the pressure roller only, without removing the hot roller and fusing lamps, please do not use this procedure. Use the procedure in the next section. B064 Series: Fusing Lamps Rear Front B246R1003.WMF B246R1004.WMF...

  • Page 349: B140/B246/D052 Series: Fusing Lamps

    [G]: Rear fusing lamp holder ( x 1) ⇒ NOTE: The D054 model (of the D052 Series) does not incorporate three fusing lamps. The fusing lamp used to provide side heat has been removed. 3-73 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 350 NOTE: Be careful when you move the fusing lamps. Do not break them. Do not touch them with bare hands. ⇒ NOTE: The D054 model only incorporates two fusing lamps. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 351 (Green). These colors must agree with the letters on the holder: W, B, G. 4. At the front, see the colors of the connectors at the rear, and set the ends of the lamps: White → Blue → Green → 3-75 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 352 [A]: Pressure arm • Insert the tips of two screwdrivers and press down to release. [B]: C-clamps (both ends) [C]: Drive gear [D]: Bushings (both ends) [E]: Bearings [F]: Hot roller B064 Series/B140 Series 3-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 353 [C]: Lubricate the inner and outer surfaces of the bushings with Barrierta S552R grease. NOTE: If the bushings are warm, allow them to cool before applying the Barrierta grease. Applying the grease while the bushings are hot could generate gas. 3-77 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 354: Important Notes About Fusing Unit Assembly (B064 Series)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FUSING UNIT Important Notes about Fusing Unit Assembly (B064 Series) B246R1013.WMF B246R1012.WMF Follow these important guidelines when re-assembling the fusing unit: • Use the external holes to fasten the screws when you fasten the lower guide plate. The inner screws are adjusted to correct wrinkling.

  • Page 355: Pressure Roller

    Normally the springs should be attached to the lower holes. Attaching the springs to the upper holes exerts less pressure on the hot roller. Attach the springs to the upper holes only for especially thin paper. 3-79 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 356: Stripper Pawls

    3.9.1) [A]: Top cover ( x 1) [B]: Bracket ( x 1, spring x 1) [C]: Inner cover ( x 2) [D]: Stripper pawl ( x 1, spring x 3) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 357: B140/B246/D052 Series

    [A]: Top cover ( x 1) [B]: Bracket ( x 1, spring x 1) [C]: Inner cover [D]: Stripper pawl (spring x 1). Open the arms to release the stripper pawl, and remove it. 3-81 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 358: Nip Band Width Adjustment

    [B] on either end of the pressure roller. The fusing temperature can also be adjusted with SP1105 (Fusing Temperature Adjustment) for Normal, OHP, and Thick Paper. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 359: Fusing Unit Exit Sensor

    [A]: Open the hot roller stripper pawl unit [B]: Exit guide plate ( x 2) [C]: Fusing exit sensor holder ( x 2) [D]: Plate spring [E]: Fusing exit sensor ( x 1) 3-83 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 360: Fusing/Exit Motor

    [A]: CNB bracket ( x 4,  x all) [B]: Timing belt [C]: Fusing/exit motor bracket ( x 1) Fusing/exit motor ( x 2) • The fusing/exit motor (not shown) is inside the bracket. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-84 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 361: Fusing Exit And Exit Unit Entrance Sensors

    [A]: Fusing exit sensor bracket ( x 2) [B]: Fusing exit sensor ( x 1) [C]: Exit unit entrance sensor bracket ( x 2) [D]: Exit unit entrance sensor ( x 1) 3-85 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 362: Duplex Unit

    After that, push the duplex unit into the machine completely. This method prevents interference from the guide plate during installation. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-86 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 363: Duplex Unit Side-To-Side Adjustment

    If the fences are too close, the paper may be creased in the duplex unit. For details, see “5. Service Tables”. 3-87 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 364: Duplex Motors

    [A]: Remove the cover ( x 3). [B]: Inverter motor bracket ( x 3). [C]: Inverter motor (harness x 1,  x 1,  x 2, timing belt x 1). B064 Series/B140 Series 3-88 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 365: Duplex Jogger And Transport Motors

    [A]: Jogger motor ( x 1,  x 2) [B]: Transport motor bracket (harness x 1,  x 1,  x 3, timing belt x 1) [C]: Transport motor ( x 2) 3-89 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 366: Duplex Transport Clutch/Jogger Hp Sensor

    [C]: Transport clutch (harness x 1,  x 1) • To release the clutch, push in the catch pawl on the side of the shaft. [D]: Jogger HP sensor (spring x 1,  x 2,  x 1) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-90 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 367: Duplex Entrance Sensor

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DUPLEX UNIT 3.10.6 DUPLEX ENTRANCE SENSOR B246R1043.WMF [A]: Bracket ( x 2) [B]: Duplex entrance sensor ( x 1) 3-91 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 368: Duplex Transport Sensor 3

    • The front screw is a shoulder screw. Insert the screws in the correct holes when re-attaching. [B]: Remove the screw in the center of the table to release the sensor bracket below. [C]: Transport sensor 3 ( x 1) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-92 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 369: Inverter Exit Sensor, Transport Sensors 1 & 2

    [E]: Inverter exit sensor ( x 1, harness x 1,  x 1) [F]: Transport sensor 1 (harness x 1,  x 1) [G]: Transport sensor 2 (harness x 1,  x 1) 3-93 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 370: Duplex Jogger Belt Adjustment

    If you are adjusting the belt, loosen the screw and slide the plastic piece [B] on the belt to the left or right to adjust the position of the front fence, then tighten the screw. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-94 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 371: Paper Feed

    2. Pull out the tandem tray drawer [A] completely to separate the left [B] and right [C] sides of the tandem tray. 3. Remove the left tandem tray [D] ( x 5). 3-95 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 372 [C]. 2) When re-installing the right tandem tray, make sure that the tandem tray stopper [D] is set behind the stopper [E] on the frame. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-96 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 373: Rear Fence Return Sensor Replacement

    3.11.2 REAR FENCE RETURN SENSOR REPLACEMENT B246R1054.WMF Turn off the main switch. Pull out the tandem feed tray. [B]: Rear bottom plate ( x 1) [C]: Return sensor ( x 1). 3-97 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 374: Rear Fence Hp Sensor Replacement

    [A]: Rear bottom plate ( x 1). [B]: Back fence transport gear ( x 1) [C]: Move the back fence to the right. [D]: Rear HP sensor ( x 1) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-98 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 375: Tandem Right Tray Paper Sensor Replacement

    3.11.1). [A]: Inner cover ( x 2) [B]: Side fences ( x 1 each) [C]: Bottom plate ( x 4) [D]: Connector ( x 1) [E]: Sensor ( x 1) 3-99 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 376 • Slightly lift the front bottom plate and unhook. [D]: Wire covers ( x 1 each) [E]: Bracket ( x 1,  x 1, bushing x 1) [F]: Gear [G]: Bottom plate lift wire B064 Series/B140 Series 3-100 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 377 1) Set the positioning pin [A] in the hole [B], and set the projection [C] in the hole [D]. 2) Position the wire as shown [E]. 3) Do not cross the wires. 3-101 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 378: Tandem Tray Paper Size Change

    3. Remove the right tandem inner cover [C] ( x 2). 4. Re-position the side fences [D] ( x 1 each). A4: Outer slot position LT: Inner slot position 5. Re-install the right tandem inner cover. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-102 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 379 8. Remove the rear side fence [C] ( x 4) and re-position the rear cover [D] ( x 9. Re-position the side fences [C] [E] ( x 4). A4: Outer slot position LT: Inner slot position 10. Re-install the DC motor cover and the tray cover. 3-103 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 380 14. Input the new paper size into SP5959-001 (Paper Size – Tray 1). For details, see SP5959 in section “4. Service Tables”. 15. Do the scanner and printer adjustments. ( 3.14) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-104 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 381: Pick-Up, Feed, Separation Roller Replacement

    (Tray 2, Tray 3), by-pass tray, and ADF are similar. However, the only rollers that are interchangeable are the tandem and universal tray rollers (Trays 1, 2, 3). 2) Do not touch the surface of new rollers during replacement. 3-105 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 382: Feed Unit

    [B]: Toner collection bottle [C]: Vertical transport guide [D]: Inner cover ( x 2) NOTE: When re-installing the vertical transport guide, remove the lower right cover then insert from [E]. ( 3.3.3) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-106 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 383 • Insert your hand from the right and pull the feed unit forward. NOTE: To avoid hitting the unit on the sides of the machine, remove it carefully and slowly. 3-107 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 384: Separation Roller Pressure Adjustment

    3. To adjust for thick paper, move the separation roller gear [B] to the left to decrease the pressure. –or- To correct misfeeds, move the separation roller gear to the right to increase the pressure. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-108 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 385: Relay Sensor

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER FEED 3.11.10 RELAY SENSOR B246R1080.WMF [A]: Remove the LCT entrance guide cover. [B]: Relay sensor bracket ( x 1) [C]: Relay sensor ( x 1) 3-109 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 386: By-Pass Paper Size Detection Board

    Move the side fences to the minimum size, then execute this SP. • SP1904-002 By-pass Tray Paper Size Detection – Maximum Size Move the side fences to the maximum size, then execute this SP. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-110 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 387: By-Pass Tray Rollers

    (Tray 2, Tray 3) by-pass tray and ADF are similar, the only rollers that are interchangeable are the tandem and universal trays (Trays 1, 2, 3). 2) Do not touch the surface of new rollers during replacement. 3-111 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 388: By-Pass Separation Roller Pressure Adjustment

    • When the customer experiences feed problems. NOTE: The separation roller gear is positioned at the groove before shipping. 2. Move the separation roller gear right to increase the pressure to correct misfeeds. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-112 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 389: Registration Sensor

    [A]: Inner cover ( x 4) Development unit ( 3.6.1) Charge corona unit ( 3.6.2) OPC drum unit ( 3.6.5) [B]: Paper dust removal unit ( x 1,  x 1) [C]: Registration sensor 3-113 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 390: Registration And By-Pass Unit Removal

    6. Rear upper cover ( 3.3.5) 7. Disconnect the following connectors: • Relay clutch connector [C] • Guide plate solenoid connector [D] • Guide plate sensor connector [E] • By-pass tray unit connectors [F] B064 Series/B140 Series 3-114 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 391 • Make sure that the unit does not catch on any harnesses. • On re-installation, make sure that no harnesses are pinched between the unit and the machine frame. • You must re-install the by-pass unit with the duplex unit open. 3-115 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 392: Pcbs And Hdd

    3. Make sure that the DIP switch settings on the new board and identical to the DIP switch settings of the old board. 4. After replacing this board, execute SP3001-002 (ID Sensor Initialization). B246R1023.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 3-116 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 393: Bcu, Iob: B246/D052 Series

    • Rear lower cover ( x2) ( 3.3.5) [A] BCU screws, connectors ( x1, x4,  x4) [B] IOB screws, connectors ( x6, x16,  x8) • Separate the BCU , IOB at the edge connector. 3-117 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 394: Controller Board

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PCBS AND HDD 3.12.2 CONTROLLER BOARD B064 Series: Controller Board Rear upper cover ( 3.3.5) [A]: Swing-out the PCB unit ( x 2). B246R1022.WMF [B]: Controller cover ( x 9) [C]: Controller board ( x 2,  x 2) •...

  • Page 395: B140 Series: Controller Board

    [D]: Remove the DIMM from the old controller board, and connect it to the new board. [E]: Remove the NVRAM from the old controller board, and connect it to the new board. 3-119 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 396: B246/D052 Series: Controller Board

    • Reinstall all the option boards in their proper slots if any were removed. ⇒ Important: B246R104A.WMF • Remove the NVRAM from the old controller board and install it on the new board. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-120 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 397: Ipu Board

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PCBS AND HDD 3.12.3 IPU BOARD B064 Series: IPU Board B246R1025.WMF Rear upper cover ( 3.3.5) Swing-out the PCB unit ( 3.12.2). [A]: PCB unit cover ( x 7) [B]: IPU board ( x 3,  x 7)

  • Page 398: B140 Series: Ipu, Mother Board

    B140 Series: IPU, Mother Board B246R1026.WMF B246R1027.WMF Rear covers ( 3.3.5) [A]: Controller box cover ( x 12) [B]: BCU cover plate ( x 6) [C]: Controller box door ( x 5) B246R1028.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 3-122 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 399 [D]: IPU board ( x 3,  x 8) NOTE: Record the positions of the IPU board screws. Attach them at the same positions when you install the board again. 3-123 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 400 [A]: A1, A2 connector slots assembly ( x 1) [B]: Connector cover ( x 2) [C]: Mother board support plate ( x 5) [D]: Mother board ( x 1) [E]: Mother board DIMM B064 Series/B140 Series 3-124 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 401 [C] Right connector shield ( x4) B246R1102.WMF [D] IPU board unit ( x7,  x2) • Slowly slide the IPU board and bracket out of the controller box. [E] IPU ( x8 B246R91103.WMF 3-125 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 402: B246/D052 Series Motherboard

    2. Remove screws and swing open the controller box ( x4). 3. Remove the left IPU connector shield ( x2). 4. Disconnect connectors ( x2). 5. Remove brackets ( x2 ea.). B064 Series/B140 Series 3-126 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 403 6. Remove the controller board mounting bracket [A] ( x13,  x6). 7. Remove the controller board [B] from the side of the mounting bracket ( x9). 8. Remove DIMMs [C] and [D]. 3-127 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 404: Development Power Pack

    [B]: Development power pack ( x 2,  x 3) NOTE: Mark the bayonet connectors [C], [D] with a felt pen to ensure that they are not connected incorrectly when the power pack is re-connected. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-128 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 405: Psu, Pfc Boards

    [C]: PFC ( x 4,  x 14) B246R862.WMF B140 Series PSU Rear covers ( 3.3.5) Controller box cover ( x 12) [A]: PSU ( x 5,  x 7) B246R703.WMF 3-129 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 406: B246/D052 Series Psu

    • Rear upper cover ( x2) ( 3.3.5) • Rear lower cover ( x2) ( 3.3.5) • Controller box cover ( x13) Remove: [A] PSU ( x4,  x7) B246R101A.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 3-130 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 407: B064 Series Hdd

    Replacing the NVRAM or the HDD erases documents stored in the document server. Before replacing either of these items, consult with the customer to determine the best time to perform the replacement. B064 Series HDD B246R863.WMF Rear upper cover ( 3.3.5)

  • Page 408: B140 Series Hdd

    [B]: HDD bracket ( x 4) [C]: HDD ( x 4) • Format the HDD with SP5832 001. Formatting is not necessary but is strongly recommended. • Down load the stamp data with SP5853. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-132 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 409: B246/D052 Series Hdd

    [A] HDD unit ( x2,  x2) [B] HDD ( x4) • Format the HDD with SP5832 001. Formatting is not necessary but is strongly recommended. • Down load the stamp data with SP5853. B246R102A.WMF 3-133 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 410: Nvram

    2. Execute SP5990-001 (All SP Groups) to print an SMC report. 3. Insert the IC card or SD card. If the machine is a B064 Series machine, remove the slot cover and connect the flash memory card to the controller board.
  • Page 411 14. Execute SP5907 (Plug & Play) and enter the brand and model name of the machine for Windows Plug & Play capability. 15. For details about SP initial settings, see “Section 5 Service Tables”. 3-135 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 412: Nvram: B246/D052 Series

    [A] Controller box cover ( x13) [B] NVRAM • Push in the sides of the NVRAM unit to release the tabs and pull straight out. • Install the new NVRAM. B246R110A.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 3-136 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 413 8. Also set SP1902 001 (Amount of Fusing Unit Web used so far) to the most recent setting (See the SMC List). 9. For details about SP initial settings, see “Section 5 Service Tables”. 3-137 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 414: Dimms

    NOTE: If the angle is too low, the upper contact could bend. 3. Move the outside edge of the ROM DIMM up and down slightly until it works into the connector, then gently press it down level with the controller board. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-138 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 415: Adf Covers

    Open the feed cover [A] ( x 1,  x 2, ground wire x 1). [B]: Front cover ( x 2) • Press down on the tabs to remove. [C]: Rear cover ( x 2) • Press down on the tabs to remove. 3-139 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 416: Feed Unit

    1. Open the feed cover [A]. 2. Remove the snap fitting [B]. 3. Push the feed unit slowly to the left to disengage the shaft [C] on the right, then lift it out. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-140 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 417: Feed Belt And Pick-Up Roller

    Do not let the springs [E] fall. 6. Remove the feed belt [F]. NOTE: When re-assembling, set the pick-up roller springs first, then follow this procedure in reverse. 3-141 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 418: Separation Roller

    Feed unit ( 3.11.8) [A]: Separation roller cover • Use the tip of a screwdriver to push up the cover. [B]: C-Clamp ( x 1) [C]: Separation roller [D]: Torque limiter clutch B064 Series/B140 Series 3-142 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 419: Registration Sensor

    3.13.5 REGISTRATION SENSOR B140R872.WMF B140R871.WMF Open the feed cover. Feed unit ( 3.11.8) [A]: Guide plate ( x 3) [B]: Registration sensor bracket ( x 1) [C]: Registration sensor ( x 1) 3-143 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 420: Adf Control Board

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 3.13.6 ADF CONTROL BOARD B140R873.WMF ADF rear cover ( 3.13.1) [A]: ADF board ( x 2,  x 14) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-144 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 421: Original Width, Interval, And Skew Correction Sensors

    [B]: Guide plate ( x 3) [C]: Width sensor guide plate ( x 1) [D]: Original width sensors (x 4) [E]: Interval sensor ( x 1) [F]: Skew correction sensor ( x 1) 3-145 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 422: Original Length Sensors

    [C]: Original length sensor 1 – B5 ( x 1) [D]: Original length sensor 2 – A4 ( x 1) [E]: Original length sensor 3 – LG ( x 1) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-146 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 423: Df Position And Aps Sensor

    3.13.9 DF POSITION AND APS SENSOR B140R877.WMF Open the ADF. ADF rear cover. ( 3.13.1) [A]: Bracket ( x 1) [B]: ADF position sensor ( x 1) [C]: APS sensor ( x 1) 3-147 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 424: Other Adf Sensors

    [E]: Feed cover sensor ( x 1) [F]: Bottom plate HP sensor ( x 1) [G]: Pick-up roller HP sensor ( ( x 1) [H]: Bottom plate position sensor ( x 1) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-148 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 425 3.13.12 FEED MOTOR B140R881.WMF Rear cover ( 3.13.1) [A]: Feed motor bracket ( x 2,  x 1, spring x 1, belt x 1) [B]: Feed motor ( x 2) 3-149 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 426: Exit Motor And Transport Motor

    Bottom plate lift motor ( 3.13.11) [A]: Timing belt [B]: Exit/transport motor unit ( x 3,  x 2) [C]: Transport motor ( x 2) [D]: Exit motor ( x 2) B064 Series/B140 Series 3-150 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 427: Pick-Up Roller Motor And Hp Sensor

    3.13.14 PICK-UP ROLLER MOTOR AND HP SENSOR B140R883.WMF Open the feed cover. ADF rear cover ( 3.13.1) [A]: Pick-up roller lift motor ( x 2,  x 1) [B]: Pick-up roller HP sensor ( x 1) 3-151 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 428: Cis Power Supply Board And Cis Unit

    NOTE: If you experience difficulty re-installing the CIS unit, you can remove the two drive gears [E] ( x 1), the separation roller shaft [F] ( x 2), and cross-stay [G] ( x 4). B064 Series/B140 Series 3-152 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 429: Adf Exit Sensor

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 3.13.16 ADF EXIT SENSOR B140R886.WMF CIS Power Supply Board ( 3.13.15) [A]: Exit sensor bracket ( x 1) [B]: Exit sensor ( x 1) 3-153 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 430: Copy Image Adjustments: Printing/Scanning

    Tray 1 (Tandem Tray) SP1002-001 Tray 2 (Universal Tray) SP1002-002 0±1.5 Tray 3 (Universal Tray) SP1002-003 Tray 4 SP1002-004 Japan Only By-pass Tray SP1002-005 0±1.5 SP1002-006 0±1.5 Duplex Tray SP1002-007 0±1.5 B140R887.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 3-154 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 431: Blank Margin

    Registration Buckle Adjustment – Duplex Tray SP1003-003 Registration Buckle Adjustment – By-pass Tray Adjustment range -9 mm ~ +9 mm (small ~ large buckle) Initial value 0 mm (Buckle = 10 mm) 3-155 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 432: Scanning

    1. Place the test chart on the exposure glass and make a B140R890.WMF copy from one of the feed stations. 2. Check the magnification ratio. Use SP4008 (Scanner A: Main scan magnification Sub Scan Magnification) to adjust if necessary. Specification: ±0.9%. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-156 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 433: Adf Scanning Adjustments

    If the skew with A4 SEF paper is more than 0.5/200 mm in the main scan direction, you can adjust the position of the ADF hinge [A] or adjust the appropriate SP codes below. 3-157 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 434 This feature can be switched on for all paper sizes with SP6020 (ADF Contact Mode In/Out). However, switching this feature on for all sizes reduces scanning speed slightly. B064 Series/B140 Series 3-158 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 435: Touch Screen Calibration

    6. When you are finished, press [#] OK on the screen (or press ). 7. Touch [#] Exit on the screen to close the Self-Diagnostic menu and save the calibration settings. 3-159 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 436 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 437 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TROUBLESHOOTING CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 438 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 439 • B064 Series SC Code Table: Section 4.2 • B140/B246/D052 Series SC Code Table: Section 4.3 Important: The general information in this “Overview” section applies to the B064 Series, B140 Series, and B246 Series machines. • “Other Problems (B064/B140/B246/D052 Series)” also applies to all the machines of these three Series.

  • Page 440: Overview

    SP7403 (B140/B246) information about the most recently issued SC: 1) Source file name, 2) SC number, 3) Result NOTE: For more information about these and other SP codes, see “4. Service Tables”. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 441: Download Error Codes

    Download Error E21 System error 2 (+SC991) • Cycle the machine Power Off/On off/on and re-try. There is not sufficient memory to • Replace RAM download. • Replace the controller board B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 442 Engine download failure. Card No. xx/xx Download Error E41 Download result failure 2 • Cycle the machine Module ID off/on and re-try Fax download failure. Card No. xx/xx B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 443 SUM check due to its abnormal length. (no display) Download result failure 6 • Do the download procedure again. The previous download in progress was cancelled. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 444: Jam Detection

    Duplex transport Paper feed sensor 1 sensors 1, 2, 3 Tray 1 Transport sensor 2 Paper feed sensor 2 Tray 2 Transport sensor 3 Paper feed sensor 3 Tray 3 B246T901.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 445: Timing Charts

    (11): Exit unit entrance sensor ON → Paper exit sensor does not switch ON at the correct time. (12): Registration motor OFF → Paper exit sensor does not switch OFF at the correct time. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 446 Inverter exit sensor ON → Paper exit sensor does not switch ON at the correct time. (6): Duplex entrance sensor OFF → Paper exit sensor does not switch OFF at the correct time. (Paper remains at the duplex unit exit.) B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 447: Duplex Transport

    Duplex transport sensor 2 OFF → Duplex transport sensor 3 does not switch OFF at the correct time. (7): Duplex transport sensor 3 ON → Relay sensor does not switch on at the correct time. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 448: Program Download

    IC cards cannot be downloaded.) However, it may be possible to restart the program without replacing the board by setting DIP SW 1 on the controller to ON, and re-starting. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 449: B064 Series Service Mode

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE 4.2 B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE 4.2.1 B064 SERIES SERVICE CALL CONDITIONS There are 4 levels of service call conditions. Level Definition Reset Procedure Fusing unit SCs displayed on the operation panel. Enter SP mode, then turn the The machine is disabled.

  • Page 450: B064 Series Service Mode

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE 4.2.2 B064 SERIES SC CODE DESCRIPTIONS SC100: Scanning System SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Exposure Lamp Error At trigger on, the lamp was not • Exposure lamp defective detected on. • Lamp regulator defective •...
  • Page 451 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Scanner home position error 4 The scanner home position sensor • BCU, SDRB (Scanner Driver Board) does not detect the off condition defective. during original scanning. • Scanner motor defective.
  • Page 452 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause CIS lamp abnormal After the CIS lamp trigger goes on, • CIS lamp defective. the CIS lamp is not detected on. • CIS power supply board defective. Detecting the lamp on or off •...
  • Page 453 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC300: Image Development System (1) SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Charge corona output error The feedback voltage from the • Charge corona power pack defective charge corona unit is detected too • Charge corona harness disconnected high 9 times.
  • Page 454 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Potential sensor calibration error 3 During drum potential sensor • Potential sensor defective calibration when adjusting the drum • Potential sensor harness disconnected potential (VD), the drum potential •...
  • Page 455 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Laser synchronization detector error After the polygon motor reaches • Harness between detector and I/F standard rotation speed and the LD disconnected or damaged unit fires for 500 ms, the laser •...
  • Page 456 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause TD sensor adjustment error 1 During the TD sensor auto • TD sensor defective adjustment, the TD sensor output • TD sensor harness disconnected voltage (Vt) is 2.5 volts or higher •...
  • Page 457 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause ID sensor error 3 For 2 s during the ID sensor pattern • ID sensor defective check, the ID sensor pattern edge • ID sensor harness disconnected voltage is not 2.5V or the pattern •...
  • Page 458 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC400: Image Development System (2) SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Transfer output abnormal When the transfer is output, the • Transfer power pack defective feedback voltage remains higher • Poor connection between the transfer than 4V for 60 ms.
  • Page 459 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC500: Feed, Transport, Duplexing, and Fusing Systems SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Tray 1 lift malfunction • The lift sensor is not activated • Tray lift motor defective or disconnected within 10 seconds after the tray •...
  • Page 460 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Tandem rear fence motor error One of the conditions is detected: • Rear fence motor defective or poor connection • The rear fence does not reach • Paper or other obstacle trapped between...
  • Page 461 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Fusing lamp overheat error 2 After hot roller reaches the warm- • Fusing thermistor out of position up temperature, the fusing lamps continued full capacity output for 55 s without the hot roller rotating (for a total of 45s).
  • Page 462 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC600: Data Communication SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Communication error between BCU and scanner unit • BCU does not communicate with • Serial line connection unstable scanner unit within 0.8 s after • External noise on the line power on.
  • Page 463 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Key/card counter device error 1 After 1 data frame is sent to the • The serial line from the device to the device, an ACK signal is not...
  • Page 464 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC700: Peripherals SC No. Symptom Possible Cause ADF original pick-up error 1 Pick-up roller HP sensor signal • Pick-up roller HP sensor defective does not change after the pick-up • Pick-up motor defective motor has turned on.
  • Page 465 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Finisher stapler rotation motor error The stapler motor switches on but • Stapler rotation motor defective the motor does not return to the • Poor stapler rotation motor connection home position within the prescribed •...
  • Page 466 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Trimmed staple waste hopper full The hopper that holds the waste • Staple waste hopper full from staple trimming is full. • Staple waste sensor defective Finisher pressure plate motor error The pressure plate motor switches •...
  • Page 467 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC800: Overall System SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Video output transfer does not end (K) Video signal is sent to the engine • Controller board defective but no command is received within the prescribed time from the engine to signal the end of transfer –...
  • Page 468 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Self-diagnostic error: NVRAM (option NVRAM) The difference between the 1 s • NVRAM defective measured for RTC in the NVRAM • NVRAM installed incorrectly and the 1 s timeout of the CPU is out of range, or the NVRAM is not detected.
  • Page 469 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE Rev. 04/2008 SC No. Symptom Possible Cause IEEE 1394 I/F error Driver setting incorrect and cannot • 1394 I/F connection incorrect be used by the 1394 I/F. • 1394 I/F board defective • Controller board defective USB driver is corrupted or has •...
  • Page 470 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE Rev. 04/2008 ⇒ SC No. Symptom Possible Cause 876- The log was set for encryption Install or replace and set the encryption without the encryption module module. installed: Enable the log encryption setting.
  • Page 471 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Memory setting error The settings that are required for • Software defective image processing using the memory are not sent from the IPU. Printer ready error The print ready signal is not •...
  • Page 472 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause Application cannot start Register processing does not • Software bug execute for any application within • A RAM or DIMM option required by the 60 s after the machine is powered application is not installed or not installed on.

  • Page 473: Additional Sc Codes Printed In Smc Report

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE 4.2.3 ADDITIONAL SC CODES PRINTED IN SMC REPORT Here is a list of SC codes that are printed in the SMC report but may not appear in the operation panel display. Note that the codes that have the same number are identified by an additional 4-digit hexadecimal number.
  • Page 474 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause 0702 Command cache error • CPU cache defective • Controller board defective • Memory error (insufficient speed) 0709 Data cache error • CPU device error • Boot mode setting for CPU error 070A Data cache clear error •...
  • Page 475 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B064 SERIES SERVICE MODE SC No. Symptom Possible Cause 853 D IEEE802 11b card startup error Not used. 854 D IEEE802 11b card access error Not used. 855 D IEEE802 11b card error Not used. 856 D IEEE802 11b card connection board error Not used.

  • Page 476: Service Mode Lock/Unlock

    This function makes sure that work on the machine is always done with the permission of the Administrator. NOTE: This function is not used on B064 series machines. 1. If you cannot go into the SP mode, ask the Administrator to log in with the User Tool and then set “Service Mode Lock”...

  • Page 477: B140/B246/D052 Series Service Call Conditions

    Turning the operation switch or main power Turn the operation switch or switch off then on resets SCs Displayed on the main power switch off and operation panel. These are re-displayed if the error occurs again. 4-39 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 478: B140/B246/D052 Series Sc Code Descriptions

    • If there is neither a "B140" nor "B246" notation, the SC code applies to both machines. • Pay special attention to the "B140/B246 Duplicated Number" notation. The same number SC codes exist in both machines but the meaning is different. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 479: Sc100: Scanning System

    • Harness between BCU, SDRB, scanner motor disconnected • Scanner HP sensor defective • Harness between scanner HP sensor and BCU disconnected • Scanner wire, timing belt, pulley, carriage installed incorrectly 4-41 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 480 The copy data security option is • Copy data security card corrupted installed by not operating correctly. • The board is not installed or the board is defective • IPU board defective B064 Series/B140 Series 4-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 481 • The SOUT signal does not go high within 1 s after power on. • The SOUT signal goes high within 1 s after power on, but the SBU ID cannot be read after 3 attempts. 4-43 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 482: Sc200: Exposure

    NOTE: The unit polls for the signal • Laser synchronization board every 50 ms. This SC is issued after the defective 10th attempt fails to detect the signal. • IPU defective B064 Series/B140 Series 4-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 483: Sc300: Image Development System (1)

    (– • Potential sensor connector defective 100V, –800V) are applied to the drum. or disconnected • IOB defective • OPC connector defective • Development power pack defective 4-45 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 484 • Potential sensor connector defective or disconnected • IOB defective • OPC connector defective • Development power pack defective B064 Series/B140 Series 4-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 485 XSCRDY signal goes high during ready signal (XSCRDY) is transmitted. exposure. • Harness between the polygon motor and I/F disconnected or defective. • Polygon motor or polygon motor driver defective • IPU board defective 4-47 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 486 Vsp ≥ 2.5V • ID sensor pattern not written correctly Vsg < 2.5 • Incorrect image density Vsp = 0V • Charge power pack defective Vsg = 0 • ID sensor dirty B064 Series/B140 Series 4-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 487 –70V to –400V. • Potential sensor disconnected • IOB defective • OPC unit connector defective • Charge corona power pack defective • Charge corona wire dirty, broken 4-49 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 488: Sc400: Image Development System (2)

    • Poor connection of the switch connector door is closed. Toner collection motor error The toner collection motor • Toner pump motor defective connector set signal remains off for • Motor connector loose, disconnected 1 s. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 489: Sc500: Feed, Transport, Duplexing, And Fusing Systems

    3 times. • If the operator cycles the machine off/on before the 3rd opening and closing of the tray, the 3-count is reset. 4-51 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 490 • The paper end sensor switches on during lift and the upper limit sensor does not switch on for 2.5 s, and a message prompts user to reset paper. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 491 • 5 sec. after temperature rise started, temperature remained below 21°C after 5 samplings. • Fusing unit did not attain reload temperature within 48 sec. of the start of fusing temperature control. 4-53 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 492 • A change in temperature more than than 16 degrees for 5 seconds. • The reload temperature with 56 seconds after the start of the fusing temperature control cycle. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 493 1-bin Exit Motor Error (Japan Only) The transport lock sensor output • Motor overload does not change within 300 ms • Motor driver defective after the motor switches on. 4-55 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 494: Sc600: Data Communication

    3 retries. BICU LCT communication/break reception error During communication with the • Serial line connection unstable LCT, the BICU received a break • External noise on the line (Low) signal. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 495 • Controller installed incorrectly panel did not open for normal • Controller board defective operation. • Operation panel harness disconnected or • After normal startup, defective communication with the controller stopped. 4-57 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 496: Sc700: Peripherals

    (340 ms). • Electrical overload on the stapler drive PCB elect • Staple hammer motor defective • Finisher main board defective B064 Series/B140 Series 4-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 497 The 1st • Motor defective detection failure issues a jam error, • Motor overload and the 2nd failure issues this SC • HP defective code. 4-59 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 498 • Tray lift motor overload remains detected (the status of paper height sensor 1 does not change). After 2 counts, the SC is logged as a jam. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 499 • Number of sheets in the stack exceeds operating. The 1st detection failure the limit for stapling issues a jam error, and the 2nd • Stapler motor disconnected, defective failure issues this SC code. 4-61 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 500 • Front motor overloaded due to within the specified time. The 1st obstruction detection failure issues a jam error, and the 2nd failure issues this SC code. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 501 Occurs during the operation of the • Motor harness disconnected, loose, lower tray pressure motor. defective • Motor overloaded • Home position sensor harness disconnected, loose, defective • Home position defective 4-63 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 502 • Pressure plate motor disconnected, time. The 1st detection failure defective issues a jam error, and the 2nd • Pressure plate motor overloaded due to failure issues this SC code. obstruction B064 Series/B140 Series 4-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 503 • Upper stopper motor overloaded 128.7 mm. due to obstruction • Upper stopper HP sensor disconnected, defective 4-65 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 504 The staple waste hopper is full of • If the hopper is full, empty the hopper cut staples. • If the hopper is not full, the hopper full sensor is disconnected, defective B064 Series/B140 Series 4-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 505: Sc800: Overall System

    For more details about this SC code error, execute SP5990 to print an SMC report so you can read the error code. The error code is not displayed on the operation panel. 4-67 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 506 • HDD connector loose or defective remains BUSY for more • Controller defective than 31 s, or the BUSY signal does not drop within 6 s after the diagnostic command is issued to the HDDs. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 507 Self-diagnostic error 9: Optional Memory RAM DIMM 5101 The write/verify check for the • Controller defective optional RAM chip on the engine • Mother board defective mother board gave an error. Net I/F error 4-69 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 508 HDD is interrupted, after the HDD • HDD power connector disconnected is awakened from the sleep mode, • HDD defective the HDD is not ready within 30 s. • Controller board defective B064 Series/B140 Series 4-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 509 • SD card not inserted correctly card was used. • SD card defective • Controller board defective NOTE: If you want to try to reformat the SC card, use SD Formatter Ver 1.1. 4-71 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 510 • When the log encryption setting was changed. 876- At power on the log encryption key was • Format the disk with SP5832-004. disabled, causing an NVRAM malfunction. … continued B064 Series/B140 Series 4-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 511: Sc900: Miscellaneous

    • Insufficient memory Printer error 2 B140 When the application started, the • Font not on the SC card necessary font was not on the SD card. 4-73 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 512 4. Documents stored on the document server, included scanned documents, will not be lost. 5. The first time the network accesses the machine, the management information must be reconfigured (this will require a significant amount of time). B064 Series/B140 Series 4-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 513 Software error 1 The write parameter received by • Controller (SIMAC) board defective the write module at the beginning of • BICU defective the setting table is NULL. • BICU controller disconnected 4-75 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 514 Do SP5832-004. Cycle the machine OFF/ON. Do SP9730-002 and set to "1" (ON). Do SP9730-003 and set to "1" (ON). Do SP9730-004 and set to "1" (ON). Cycle the machine OFF/ON. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 515: Duplex Transport

    22 Duplex transport sensor 3 72 Duplex transport sensor 3 23 Duplex inverter sensor 73 Duplex inverter sensor 24 1-Bin tray (Japan Only) 74 1-Bin tray (Japan Only) 34 Bypass paper end sensor 4-77 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 516: Finisher B469 Jam Codes

    SC732, SC736 Stapler Movement or Stapler Rotation Motor SC727, SC730 Stapler Unit 2 SC724, SC728, SC740, SC741 Folder Plate Motor SC739 Feed Out Belt Motor SC725 Punch Hole Motor SC729 B064 Series/B140 Series 4-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 517: Finisher B478/B706 Jam Codes

    Vertical Transport Sensor 4 (CN2014) Vertical Transport Sensor 5 (CN2019) Cover Interposer Tray B470 Jam Codes Location Related SC Code Feed or Pull-out Sensor Exit Sensor Bottom Plate Position Sensor SC750 4-79 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 518: Z-Folding Unit B660 Jam Codes

    Lower Exit Sensor: Paper Late Lower Exit Sensor: Paper Remains Upper Exit Sensor: Paper Late Upper Exit Sensor: Paper Remains Paper Fold Motor Lock Lower Stopper Motor Lock Upper Stopper Motor Lock B064 Series/B140 Series 4-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 519: Additional Sc Codes Printed In Smc Report

    • ASIC device error • Controller board defective • Peripheral device defective 06FF CPU master clock error • CPU device error • Error in CPU initialization data (ASIC error) • Controller board defective 4-81 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 520 Loopback connector non- • Loopback connector not set detection • Loopback connector error • Controller board defective 1601 Font ROM 0 error 1602 Font ROM 1 error 2701 Verify error B064 Series/B140 Series 4-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 521 The controller received an unknown • Contact your product specialist. SC code from the engine. Network error The ASIC program of GW controller • Defective ASIC cannot be continued. • Defective GW controller 4-83 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 522: Other Problems (B064/B140/B246/D052 Series)

    Skew – Original Pick-up, paper feed, separation rollers Toner on transfer belt Transfer Belt Unit Transfer belt, transfer belt cleaning blade Wrinkling Fusing Unit Pressure roller B064 Series/B140 Series 4-84 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 523: Frequent Paper Jams

    3. Push the motor [B] toward the tray side, then tighten the screw [A]. 4. Loosen screws [C] and [D], let the spring move the unit to the correct position, then tighten the screws. 4-85 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 524 7. If a replacement gear is not available, do this as a temporary procedure: 1) Remove the paper feed unit. 2) Remove the gear. 3) Clean the gear shaft and inside the gear. 4) Attach the gear. 5) Install the paper feed unit. B064 Series/B140 Series 4-86 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 525 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SERVICE TABLES CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 526 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 527: Service Tables

    This function makes sure that work on the machine is always done with the permission of the Administrator. NOTE: This function is not used on B064 series machines. 1. If you cannot go into the SP mode, ask the Administrator to log in with the User Tool and then set “Service Mode Lock”...

  • Page 528: To Enter And Exit The Service Mode

    3. Press “Start ” to execute the test print. 4. Press “SP Mode” (highlighted) to return to the SP mode screen and repeat from step 1. B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 529: Using The Sp Mode

    Press “Start ” twice, then press “SP Mode” (highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode display. 7. When you are finished, press “Exit” twice to return to the copy window. B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 530: Sp Mode Button Summary

    Press to scroll the display to the previous or next line, line by line. (10): Prev Page or Next Page. Press to move the highlight on the left to the previous or next selection in the list. B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 531: Sp Mode Print (Smc Print)

    Non-Default (Prints only SPs that are set to values other than defaults.) NIB Summary (Configuration, Systemlog, Nvramlog) Capture Log Copier User Program (Copy Management Report) Scanner SP Scanner User Program (Scanner Management Report) B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 532: Resets

    • Referring to the SMC data lists, re-enter any values, which had been changed from their factory settings. • Execute SP3001-002 – ID Sensor Initial Setting 6. Check the copy quality and the paper path, and do any necessary adjustments B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 533 Initializes the system defaults and interface settings (IP addresses Service) also), the SmartNetMonitor for Admin settings, WebStatusMonitor settings, and the TELNET settings. Initializes the DCS (Delivery & Receive Control Service) settings. Initializes the UCS (User Directory Control Service) settings. B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 534 Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control Service) settings. Clear UCS Setting Initializes the UCS (User Information Control Service) settings. MIRS Setting Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information Report Service) settings. Initializes the CCS (Certification and Charge-control Service) settings. B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 535 Initializes the CCS ( Certification and Charge-control Service ) settings. 0 18 SRM Clear Initializes the SRM (System Resource Manager) settings. 0 19 LCS Clear Initializes the LCS (Log Count Service) settings. B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 536: Software And Setting Reset

    1. Make sure that the machine is in the copier standby mode. 2. Push the User Tools key. 3. Hold down the “#” key and touch “Scanner Features” key. 4. A message will be displayed, then press “Yes”. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-10 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 537: Test Pattern Printing

    5. Press “Start ” twice (ignore the “Place Original” messages) to start the test print. 6. After checking the test pattern, press “SP Mode” (highlighted) to return to the SP mode display. 7. Exit the SP mode. 5-11 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 538: Test Pattern Table

    Full Dot Pattern Black Band (Vertical) Black Band (Horizontal) Stair Blank Image Grid Pattern (1-dot): 0ch (with external data) Trimming Area (with external data) Argyle Pattern (with external data) Outside Data B064 Series/B140 Series 5-12 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 539: Ipu Front/Back Test Patterns: Sp2902-001,002

    7. Press “SP” Mode (highlighted) to return to the SP mode display. NOTE: Patterns 6, 8, 9, and 11 are the best choices for testing and confirming the operation of the IPU. 5-13 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 540: Test Pattern Table

    Auto Create Horizontal Stripes Auto Create Grayscale Horizontal (20 mm) Auto Create Grayscale Horizontal (40 mm) Auto Create Grayscale Vertical (20 mm) Auto Create Grayscale Vertical (40 mm) Auto Create Argyle B064 Series/B140 Series 5-14 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 541: Ipu Printing Test Pattern: Sp2902-004

    5. Press “Start ” twice (ignore the “Place Original” messages) to start the test print. 6. Press “SP Mode” (highlighted) to return to the SP mode display. 7. Switch the machine off and on. 5-15 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 542: Software Update

    • Never bend an IC card or SD card, scratch it, or expose it to strong vibration. • Before uploading data to an SD card, always confirm that its write-protect switch is off. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-16 /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 543 PCcard -> ROM Page01 ROM: XXXXXXX NEW: XXXXXXX Engi ne( 1) ROM: X.XX NEW: X.XX ROM: XXXXXXX NEW: XXXXXXX P ri nter( 2) ROM: X.XX NEW: X.XX Exi t( 0) B246S903.WMF 5-17 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 544 But, the LED of the [Start] key on the operation panel changes from red to green to show that the update of the operation panel firmware continues. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-18 /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 545 10. Push the SD card in a small distance to release it, then pull it out of the slot. 11. Turn the main power switch on, and check that the machine operates correctly. 5-19 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 546: Error Message Table

    Electronic confirmation check SD update data is not correct. The data on the SD failed card is for a different machine. Get the correct data then install again. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-20 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 547: Updating The Lcdc For The Operation Panel

    3. Set controller board DIP SW4 #5OFF, #6ON and #7 OFF. 4. Turn the main power ON NOTE: After the machine boots up, it will install the firmware stored on the boot SD Card. 5. Turn the main power OFF 5-21 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 548 6. Remove the boot SD Card from the C1 slot. 7. Return the DIP SW4 #6 to the OFF position. 8. Install all of the latest machine firmware posted on the TSC Web Site at http://www.tscweb.net B064 Series/B140 Series 5-22 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 549: Nvram Data Upload/Download

    • The serial number of the file on the SD card must match the serial number of the machine. If the serial numbers do not match, the download will not complete correctly. 5-23 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 550: Program Download

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE UPDATE 5.4.2 SOFTWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE: B064 SERIES IC (PCMCIA/CIA) cards are used to update the software and to back up important data. Here is a list of the items that can be updated or restored from an IC card: •...

  • Page 551: Gw Controller/Bcu Update

    8. The installation screen opens. As the installation progresses, the dashes on the display are replaced by asterisks (****----) 9. When “Power Off/On” is displayed, switch the machine off and remove the IC card. 5-25 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 552: Forced Update

    3. With the A side facing up, insert the printer IC card into the slot. 4. Switch the machine on. 5. Wait for the update screen to open. In the lower right corner of the Download Watermark screen, press OK on the touch panel. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-26 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 553: Operation Panel Software Update

    3) If a power failure occurs during downloading, E32 (Reboot After Card Insert) is logged. Remove the IC card, switch off the machine. Insert the card again and switch on the machine to restart downloading. 5-27 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 554: Scanner Update

    Press “Network DocBox (1)” then press Update (#). When “Power Off/On” is displayed, the installation is completed. 6. Switch the machine off, remove the IC card, then switch the machine on. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-28 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 555: Nvram Update

    • When updating BCU firmware Ver. 4.x or later, use GW controller firmware Ver. 3x or later. • When updating GW controller firmware Ver. 3x or later, use BCU firmware Ver. 4.x or later. 5-29 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 556: Service Program Mode Tables

    The feature or item is for Japan only. Do not change this value. Short Edge Feed Long Edge Feed No Information Available : SP titles without these notations apply to machines of every series (B064, B140, B246/D052). B064 Series/B140 Series 5-30 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 557: Copier Service Table

    Fusing temperature during the ready condition (and Thermistor) during printing for B064) B064: [150~230/1 degree C] B140: [180~205/1 degree C] Normal Time (End Fusing temperature during the ready condition Thermistors) (B140) B140: [180~205/1 degree C] 5-31 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 558 If the fences are too far apart, skewing may occur in the duplex tray. If the fences are too close, the paper may be creased in the duplex unit. [–5~+5/0.1 mm] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-32 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 559 B246: [180~205/1 degree C] Small Size – Thick Paper Fusing temperature at center of hot roller when (Center) printing on thick paper: B246: [180~205/1 degree C] 5-33 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 560 [0~4/1 step] 0: 25 cpm 1: 35 cpm 2: 40 cpm 3: 45 cpm Tab Sheet [0~4/1 step] 0: 25 cpm 1: 35 cpm 2: 40 cpm 3: 45 cpm B064 Series/B140 Series 5-34 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 561 100 mm position then press Execute. Maximum Size Calibrates the maximum paper width position of the sensor (A3). Move the side fences to the A3 position then press Execute. 5-35 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 562 OHP. In this mode, the paper stops at the registration roller. This roller starts when the hot roller gets to the correct temperature. 1910 Not Used 1911 Not Used 1912 Not Used 1920 Not Used B064 Series/B140 Series 5-36 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 563: Sp2Xxx Drum

    These settings adjust the erase margin for the leading, trailing, left, and right edges. Leading Edge [0.0~9.0/0.1 mm], Specification: 3±2 mm Trailing Edge [0.0~9.0/0.1 mm], Specification: 3±2 mm Left Edge [0.0~9.0/0.1 mm], Specification: 2±1.5 mm Right Edge 5-37 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 564 FCI is used for outputs in printer mode. Matrix Size (>600 dpi) [0~128/1] Threshold Value (>600 dpi) [0~128/1] Matrix Size (<400 dpi) [0~128/1] Threshold Value (<400 dpi) [0~128/1] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-38 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 565 [-380 to -140/10 V] This SP and SP2201-002 must be changed together by the same amount. Vb Scale Voltage Setting Sets the Vb target development bias voltage (Vb). DFU [-900 to -100/10 V] 5-39 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 566 SP2220. After the test, put back the old development unit, and change SP2220 back to the original value. 2223* Vt Display Displays the current TD sensor output voltage. [0~5.0 V] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-40 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 567 Image Leading Edge: Front [10~200/1 μA] Image Trailing Edge: Front Image Leading Edge: Back Image Trailing Edge: Back Image Leading Edge: Thick Paper [10~200/1 μA] Image Trailing Edge: Thick Paper 5-41 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 568 The interval is set with SP2506-002. Use if the drum gets dirty or images get too pale or too dark during a long job. Time Setting Selects the interval at which multi-copy jobs are stopped. [1~100/1 min.] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-42 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 569 PTL quenching is applied to the back side at normal speed. For example, if you select +3, then quenching will be done 3 mm from the leading edge on the back side. [-5~10/0.1] 5-43 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 570 (CIS→SBU) of an original. ( 5.3.2) Printing Test Pattern Produces the printer test patterns. ( 5.3.1) [0~27/1] IPU Printing Test Pattern Produces test patterns in place of scan image data. ( 5.3.3) [0~5/1] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-44 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 571 Shows the internal humidity of the machine. 2920* LD Off Check Checks if the LD turns off or on when the front door is opened. DFU [0~1/1] 0: On 1: Off 5-45 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 572 Adjusts the transfer current ON timing for copying with thick paper from the LCT [–30~+20/1 mm] Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for copying with thick paper from the LCT. [–30~+30/1 mm] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-46 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 573 Adjusts the transfer current ON timing for the trailing edge length when copying with thick paper from Tray 1. [0~+20/1 mm] Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for copying with thick paper from Tray 1. [–30~+30/1 mm] 5-47 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 574 Adjusts the transfer current ON timing for the trailing edge length when copying with thick paper from Tray 2. [0~20/1 mm] Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for copying with thick paper from Tray 2. [–30~+30/1 mm] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-48 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 575 Adjusts the transfer current ON timing for the trailing edge length when copying with thick paper from Tray 3. [0~20/1 mm] Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for copying with thick paper from Tray 3. [–30~+30/1 mm] 5-49 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 576 Adjusts the transfer current ON timing for the trailing edge length when copying with thick paper from Tray 4. [0~20/1 mm] Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for copying with thick paper from Tray 4. [–30~+30/1 mm] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-50 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 577 [0~20/1 mm] Lc4r Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for the trailing edge when copying with OHP. [0~20/1 mm] Adjusts the transfer current OFF timing for copying with OHP. [0~20/1 mm] 5-51 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 578 Determines whether transfer current is switched on or off while the blade protection pattern is created. DFU Sets Off, toner is applied to the entire cleaning area and drum cleaning blade. [0~1/1] 0: Off 1: On B064 Series/B140 Series 5-52 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 579 However, in some environments, such as where there could be traces ammonia in the air, copies could appear dirty or too dark because the ID sensor reading is not reliable. 5-53 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 580 0: Off. The toner bottle fan switches off when the machine is powered off and when the machine enters the night mode. 1: On: Toner bottle fan remains on. Switch on in an extremely hot environment to prevent the toner from overheating and clumping. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-54 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 581: Sp3Xxx Processing

    [0~1/1] 0: Off 1: On This setting attempts to change the Vd setting consistent with the OPC, the charge corona unit, and environment to improve the reliability of the system. 5-55 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 582 [0~1/1] 0: Off 1: On If On is selected, after auto process control, the drum continues to rotate until the fusing unit gets to its operation temperature. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-56 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 583 Potential sensor readings are used to adjust development bias, grid voltage, laser diode. • ID sensor calibrated (not done during Short Process Control) • TD sensor calibrated (not done during Short Process Control) 5-57 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 584: Sp4Xxx Scanner

    Scanner Free Run: Lamp On Performs a scanner free run with the exposure lamp on. Scanner Free Run: Lamp Off Performs a scanner free run with the exposure lamp off. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-58 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 585 Bit 2: Remains ON during return. Bit 3: Does not switch OFF during forward motion Bit 4: Switches ON at return Bit 5: Scanner HP detection is out of position. 5-59 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 586 If “1” is selected, paper sizes that cannot be detected by the APS sensors are detected as A5 SEF. If “0” is selected, “Cannot detect original size” will be shown. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-60 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 587 Read SBU ASIC ID Displays the SBU ID code confirmed by reading the SBU after the SBU adjusts automatically at power on. [0~FFFFh/1] 4601* SBU PLL Adjustment Adjusts the PLL bandwidth. DFU [0~FFFFh/1] 5-61 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 588 Starts the density adjustment for the CCD using the standard white board. Place 5 sheets of A3 plain paper on the exposure glass, then press Execute. A message is displayed to indicate the success or failure of the adjustment. DFU B064 Series/B140 Series 5-62 /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 589 CIS White Roller Adjust Loop 4745* CIS Adjustment Overflow Flag 4747* CIS Adjustment Time Out Flag 4762* CIS Gain Adjustment Normal 4765* CIS Adjustment Overflow Flag 4781* CIS Gain Adjustment at Factory 5-63 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 590 Front Scan Image Adj. Mode: Pale 0: Normal 014* Front Scan Image Adj. Mode: Generation 1: Low Level 019* Front Scan Image Adj. Mode: Setting 2: Medium Level 3: High Level B064 Series/B140 Series 5-64 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 591 Back Scan Image Adj. Mode: Generation 019* Back Scan Image Adj. Scan Selects mode for scan selection. Select Mode DFU 0: Mode for the default scanner 1: Mode for the upgraded scanner. 5-65 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 592 Adjusts the sharpness and texture of images processed in Generation mode. Generation Mode (25.0~55%) [0~10/1] 0: Softest Generation Mode (55.5~75.0% 1: Soft Generation Mode (75.5%~160%) 5: Normal (Default) Generation Mode (160.5~400.0%) 9: Sharp 10: Sharpest B064 Series/B140 Series 5-66 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 593 Line Width Correction: Generation Mode Select [0~8/1] Line Width Correction: Generation Mode (Main Scan) [0~1/1] 0: Off, 1: On Line Width Correction: Generation Mode (Sub Scan) [0~1/1] 0: Off, 1: On 5-67 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 594 Selects the image processing module for scanning related to the CIS (Contact Image Sensors). [0~63/1] IPU Plotter Image Module Selects the image processing module for scanning related to the SBU. [0~255/1] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-68 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 595: Sp5Xxx Mode

    [0~1/0/1] Not displayed Displayed Punched Paper Determines whether the tray loaded with punched paper is displayed on the operation panel. [0~1/1/1] 0: Disable 1: Enable 5-69 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 596 (Tray 2, Tray 3) [0~1/1] 0: No 1: Yes. If “1” is selected, the customer will be able to input a non-standard paper size using the UP mode. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-70 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 597 Sets the original size that the machine detects for F sizes. [0~2/1] 0: 8hf x 13 1: 8hf x 13qr 2: 8 x 13 Note: hf = 1/2, qr = 1/4 5-71 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 598 [0~1/1] 0: Off 1: On. Sets the tray for feeding paper up to 600 mm long. With this SP selected on, paper jams are not detected in the paper path. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-72 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 599 1: 11 x 17 For Europe and China [0~1/1] 0: 16K (267 x 195) 1: 8hf x 11 For Europe and China [0~1/1] 0: 16K (195 x 267) 1: 11 x 8hf 5-73 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 600 1: On. Printer bit switches can be adjusted. 5187 PM Counter Print Out in UP (B246/D052) This setting determines whether parts without standard counts print in addition to the normal counter list [0~1/0/1] 0: No 1: Yes B064 Series/B140 Series 5-74 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 601 Energy Star standards that specifically state that the user shall not be able to easily switch off the auto off feature. 0: On (Auto Off cannot be released 1: Off (Auto Off can be released) 5-75 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 602 Development Kit". This data can 201 SDK1 Certification Method be converted from SAS (VAS) 210 SDK2 Unique ID when installed or uninstalled. 211 SDK2 Certification Method 220 SDK3 Unique ID 221 SDK3 Certification Method B064 Series/B140 Series 5-76 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 603 0:Zero (Off) 1:Low (2.5K jams) 2:Medium (3K jams) 3:High (6K jams) 5505 Error Alarm (B246) Sets the error alarm level. Japan only DFU [0~255 / 50 / 100 copies per step] 5-77 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 604 133* Interval: A4 [00250 ~ 10000 / 1000 / 1 Step] 134* Interval: A5 141* Interval: B4 142* Interval: B5 160* Interval: DLT 164* Interval: LG 166* Interval: LT 172* Interval: HLT B064 Series/B140 Series 5-78 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 605 0: Automatic Call 1: Audible Warning at Machine 023 Door Operation: Time Determines what happens when the front door remains Length open. [0~1/1] 0: Automatic Call 1: Audible Warning at Machine 5-79 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 606 0: Off Near End Call 1: On End Call User Call Not Used [0~1/1/1] TX Test Device Information Alarm Illegal Toner Auto Order Supplies [0~1/0/1] Supply Management Report Jam/Door Open [0~1/1/1] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-80 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 607 Initializes the UCS (User Information Control Service) settings. MIRS Setting Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information Report Service) settings. (B140) Initializes the CCS ( Certification and Charge-control Service ) settings. (B140) 5-81 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 608 Initializes the CCS ( Certification and Charge-control Service ) settings. 0 18 SRM Clear Initializes the SRM (System Resource Manager) settings. 0 19 LCS Clear Initializes the LCS (Log Count Service) settings. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-82 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 609 Use this to input the fax number of the CE printed on the Counter Report (UP mode). Not Used Supply Displayed on the initial SP screen. Operation Allows the service center contact telephone number to be displayed on the initial screen. 5-83 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 610 This SP displays the Cumin installation end flag. 1: Installation completed 2: Installation not completed RCG – C Registered Detail This SP displays the Cumin installation status. 0: Basil not registered 1: Basil registered 2: Device registered B064 Series/B140 Series 5-84 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 611 The length of the password is limited to 31 characters. Any character beyond the 31st character is ignored. • This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC report. 5-85 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 612 The ID of the request for certification. Firmware Up Status Displays the status of the firmware update. Non-HDD Firm Up This setting determines if the firmware can be updated, even without the HDD installed. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-86 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 613 Cumin-M: • SP5816-153 • SP5816-154 • SP5816-161 0: Japan 6: Italy 1: USA 7: Netherlands 2: Canada 8: Belgium 3: UK 9: Luxembourg 4: Germany 10: Spain 5: France 5-87 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 614 Sets the length of the timeout for the Cumin-M connection to its access point. The timeout is the time from when the modem sends the ATD to when it receives the result code. [1~65536/60/1] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-88 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 615 • If this setting is changed, the copier must be cycled off and on. • SP5816 187 determines whether the off-hook button can be used to interrupt a Cumin-M transmission in progress to open the line for fax transaction. 5-89 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 616 Inquiry number error Registration in progress Proxy error (proxy enabled) Proxy error (proxy disabled) Proxy error (Illegal user name or password) Communication error Certification update error Other error Inquiry executing B064 Series/B140 Series 5-90 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 617 Device ID for Basil is illegal -2397 Incorrect ID2 format -2398 Incorrect request number format 209 Remote Setting Clear Releases a machine from its Cumin setup. 250 CommLog Print Prints the communication log. 5-91 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 618 NVRAM Data Download Downloads data from an SD card to the NVRAM in the machine. After downloading is completed, remove the SD card and turn the machine power off and on. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-92 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 619 Disables or enables Telnet operation. If this SP is disabled, the Telnet port is closed. [0~1/1] 0: Disable 1: Enable Web (0:OFF 1:ON) Disables or enables the Web operation. [0~1/1] 0: Disable 1: Enable 5-93 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 620 LAN (802.11b). The current address is displayed and printed in the SMC report as aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd and is entered as 8-bit data. For example, if the number "192.168.000.001" is entered, it is recorded as "0C0A80001h". B064 Series/B140 Series 5-94 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 621 The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each. 162 IPv6 Access Control This SP enables the display for access control of the Display IPv6 addresses. 5-95 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 622 When this feature is on, the print backup features are shown in the initial system settings. Enabled only when optional File Format Converter (MLB:Media Link Board) is installed. [0~1/1] 0: Disable 1: Enable B064 Series/B140 Series 5-96 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 623 Default Format for Backup Files Sets the format of the backup files. [0~2/1] (B140) 0: TIFF 1: JPEG 2: For printing This feature can be selected only if SP5836-3 is set to “1”. 5-97 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 624 [0~6/1] Other 0:1 1:1/2 2:1/3 3:1/4 6:2/3 074 Reduction for Printer [0~3/1] Color 0:1 1:1/2 2:1/3 3:1/4 DFU 075 Reduction for Printer [0~6/1] B&W 0 1 1:1/2 2:1/3 3:1/4 6:2/3 B064 Series/B140 Series 5-98 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 625 Sets the resolution for backup files (JPEG, TIFF) when the print backup function is used. This SP can be used only after JPEG or TIFF is selected for SP583f6 094. [0~6/2/1] 0: 1/1 1: 1/2 3: 1/4 6: 2/3 (Unavailable for some models) 5-99 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 626 ON: The Node_Unique_ID assigned by the system administrator is used, and the Source_ID of the GASP header in the ARP is ignored. Also, when the serial bus is reset, extra bus transactions are opened for the enumeration. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-100 /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 627 1: If the initiator receives another login request while logging in, the request is refused and the initiator logs out. Note: Displayed only when the wireless LAN card is installed. 5-101 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 628 Transfer Rate Sets the speed for USB data transmission. [Full Speed] [Auto Change] Vendor ID Sets the vendor ID: Initial Setting: 0x05A Ricoh Company [0x0000~0xFFFF/1] DFU Product ID Sets the product ID. [0x0000~0xFFFF/1] DFU Device Release No. Sets the device release number of the BCD (binary coded decimal) display.
  • Page 629 Sets the IP address that is given to the computer that is the secondary delivery server for Scan Router. This SP lets you set only the IP address, and does not refer to the DNS setting. 5-103 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 630 (in addition to those registered for SP5845 010). There are eight bits (Bit 0 to Bit 7). All are unused at this time. Delivery Server Scheme (Primary) NIA 12.14 B064 Series/B140 Series 5-104 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 631 0: No retries Delivery Server Retry Times Sets the number of retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the delivery server address book. [0~255/1] 008 Delivery Server Maximum Entries 5-105 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 632 However, at this point the address book can be accessed by only the system administrator or key operator. Enter the SP mode and do SP5846 041. After this SP executes successfully, any user can access the address book. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-106 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 633 This SP uses bit switches to set up the fuzzy search options for the UCS local address book. Meaning Checks both upper/lower case characters Japan Only --- Not Used --- --- Not Used --- --- Not Used --- --- Not Used --- 5-107 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 634 Sets the FTP port to get the delivery server address book that is used in the individual authorization mode. [0~65535/1] Encryption Start Shows the status of the encryption function of the address book on the LDAP server. [0~255/1] No default B064 Series/B140 Series 5-108 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 635 Network Quality Default for JPEG Sets the default value for the quality of JPEG images sent as NetFile pages. This function is available only with the MLB (Media Link Board) option installed. [5~95/1] 5-109 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 636 No information is available at this time. Setting: Start Time No information is available at this time. Setting: Interval Time No information is available at this time. Setting: Timing No information is available at this time. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-110 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 637 (“Confidential”, “Secret”, etc.). You must always execute this SP after replacing the HDD or after formatting the HDD. Always switch the machine off and on after executing this SP. 5-111 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 638 011 is executed. To enable this SP, the machine must be cycled off and on. Free Space on SD Card Displays the amount of space available on the SD card. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-112 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 639 These SPs allow you to set up to 10 keys for log files for functions that use common memory on the controller board. ( 5.8.1) Key 2 [-9999999~9999999/1] Key 3 Key 4 Key 5 Key 6 Key 7 Key 8 Key 9 Key 10 5-113 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 640 This SP sets the default password for FTP sending. NCP Default User Name This SP sets the default user name used for NCP sending. NCP Default Password This SP sets the default password for NCP sending. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-114 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 641 Allows you to “integrate” (copy) applications from SD cards onto other SD cards. 5.5) Move Exec Executes the move from one SD card to another. Undo Exec This is an undo function. It cancels the previous execution. 5-115 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 642 Forbid scan sending (1) Forbid downloading (1) Forbid delete (1) Reserved 5886 Permit ROM Update DFU This SP determines whether the ROM can be updated. [0-1/0/1] 0: On 1: Off B064 Series/B140 Series 5-116 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 643 Determines whether pressing the counter key displays count confirmation: system initial settings system manager settings counter [0~1/1] 0: No display 1: Display This SP affects the display only, and has no effect on SP5104 (A3/DLT Double Count). 5-117 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 644 However, some of the paper sizes may not be indicated correctly on the display panel. For more details, refer to the Cover Interposer Tray manual section “Paper Size Detection”. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-118 /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 645 In order to use the NIC and USB functions built into the controller board, these SP codes must be set to "1". 001 On Board NIC 0: Disable 1: Enable 002 On Board USB 5-119 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 646 SP (Mode Data List) User Program Data Logging Data Self-Diagnostic Report Non-Default (Prints only SPs set to values other than defaults.) NIB Summary Capture Log Copier User Program Scanner SP Scanner User Program B064 Series/B140 Series 5-120 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 647: Sp6Xxx Peripherals

    +20 = +10 mm ADF Trailing Edge Erase Margin (Back) These settings adjust the erase margin for the trailing edges for the back. [–20~+20/0.5 mm] -20 = -10 mm +20 = +10 mm 5-121 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 648 [0~1/1] 0: Delay skew correction only for small originals 1: Delay skew correction for all originals, regardless of size. (May reduce the scanning speed of the ADF) B064 Series/B140 Series 5-122 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 649 004 4-Hole:SCAN 005 2-Hole:NA Paper Feed B132S922.WMF 6105* Staple Position Adjustment (B064/B140) Adjusts the stapling position in the main scan direction. [–3.5~+3.5/0.5 mm] A larger value shifts the stapling position outward. 5-123 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 650 SEF denotes "Short Edge Feed". B4 SEF LEF denotes "Long Edge Feed". A4 SEF A4 LEF B5 LEF A5 LEF DLT SEF LG SEF LT SEF LT LEF HLT LEF Other B064 Series/B140 Series 5-124 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 651 • A larger value shifts the stapling position to shift forward. • A smaller value shifts the stapling position backward. The settings are done for each paper size. [-2 to +2 / 0 / 0.5 mm] 5-125 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 652 • The folding rollers rotate ccw to crease the booklet, reverse cw, then rotate ccw again to crease the booklet fold twice before feeding to the folding unit exit rollers. [1~6/0/1] 0:2, 1:5, 2:10, 3:15, 4:20, 5:25, 6:30 passes B064 Series/B140 Series 5-126 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 653 SP. When you switch on the machine after you moved it, the finisher automatically goes to the ready condition. Free Run 4 Shift Mode Tests the shift mode 5-127 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 654 Turn on the electrical components of the finisher Finisher 1 individually for test purposes. ( 5.6.8 6125 Finisher Output Check: Turn on the electrical components of the finisher Finisher 2 individually for test purposes. ( 5.6.10 B064 Series/B140 Series 5-128 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 655 010 2nd Fold: A4 SEF 011 2nd Fold: DLT SEF 012 2nd Fold: LG SEF 013 2nd Fold: LT SEF 014 2nd Fold: Other B234S904.WMF 016 2nd Fold: A3 SEF 5-129 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 656 Adjusts the position of the 2nd fold [C] to decrease or increase the length (L1) of the sheet between the trailing A4 SEF edge [D] and the 2nd fold. LT SEF 12 x 18 Other B246S911.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 5-130 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 657 Switches on the hole punch for use when the machine operates with the Z-fold unit. [0~1/1] 0: No punching with Z-fold unit operation 1: Punching allowed with Z-fold unit operation 5-131 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 658: Sp7Xxx Data Logs

    When making 15 sets of prints of an original data, this counter value will increase by “6”. 7007* Other Device Counters (B064) Duplex Counter Displays the count total for the selected item. A3/DLT Counter Staple Counter Scan Counter B064 Series/B140 Series 5-132 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 659 Displays the total number of scanned originals. 7204* Print Counter – Paper Trays (B064) Displays the total number of sheets fed from each paper tray. By-pass Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Cover Interposer 5-133 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 660 Reduce 50% <-> 99% Display range: 0~9999999 Full Size SP7848 clears these counters. Enlarge 101% <-> 200% Enlarge 201% <-> 400% Free Mag. % Free Size Mag. % Auto Reduce/Enlarge B064 Series/B140 Series 5-134 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 661 1 to 6 <-> 10 1 to 11 <-> 20 1 to 21 <-> 50 1 to 51 <-> 100 1 to 101 <-> 300 1 to 310 <-> Over 5-135 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 662 Displays information about the 10 most recent service calls (Code, Total, Date, and Details). 7502* Total Paper Jam Counter Displays the total number of copy jams. 7503* Total Original Jam Counter Displays the total number of original jams. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-136 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 663 Ent Duplex 2 Duplex Transport SN 2 Ent Duplex 3 Duplex Transport SN 3 Exit Duplex Duplex Inverter SN 1-Bin Tray 1-Bin Tray SN Japan Only Bypass: Non-Feed By-pass Paper End SN 5-137 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 664 Returns SC725. Finisher 116. Punch Hole Motor When the status of the punch HP sensor does not change at the precise time during punch hole motor rotation. Returns SC729 B064 Series/B140 Series 5-138 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 665 Returns SC725. Finisher 116. Punch Hole Motor When the status of the punch HP sensor does not change at the precise time during punch hole motor rotation. Returns SC729 5-139 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 666 Not logged. Returns SC724, SC740, SC741 Finisher 134. Folder Plate Motor When the status of the folder plate HP sensor does not change at the precise time during folder plate motor rotation. Returns SC739 B064 Series/B140 Series 5-140 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 667 Returns SC730, SC727 Finisher 133. Stapler Unit 5-141 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 668 Returns SC732, SC736 Finisher 153. Stapler Unit When the stapler unit fails to send any signals while stapling. Returns SC724 B064 Series/B140 Series 5-142 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 669 Note: “Paper Late” means the copy did not arrive (check-in) at the sensor site within the prescribed time. “Paper Remains” means the copy did not leave (check- out ) from the sensor site within the prescribed time. 5-143 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 670 Displays the total number of jams by paper size. A5 LEF B5 LEF LT LEF HLT LEF Other LEF A4 SEF A5 SEF B4 SEF B5 SEF DLT SEF LG SEF LT SEF HLT SEF Other SEF B064 Series/B140 Series 5-144 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 671 Code (hex) A4 LEF B4 SEF A5 LEF B5 SEF B5 LEF DLT SEF LT LEF LG SEF HLT LEF LT SEF A3 SEF HLT SEF A4 SEF Others A5 SEF 5-145 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 672 7811* Original Feed Count Clear (B064) Clears the original total display, displayed with SP7002-***. To clear, press . B064 Series/B140 Series 5-146 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 673 Press Execute to clear counter SP7320 (Doc. Svr. – Scan Count. 7841 LS Clear: Originals by Size (B064) Press Execute to clear counter SP7321 (Doc. Svr. – Original Size Display) 5-147 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 674 Displays the version numbers of all firmware in the system. 7990 Status of Issued SC (B064) Displays the following information about the most recently issued SC: 1) Source file name, 2) SC number, 3) Result B064 Series/B140 Series 5-148 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 675: Sp8Xxx: Data Log2

    Refers to network applications such as Web (external network Image Monitor. Utilities developed with the SDK applications, for (Software Development Kit) will also be counted example) with this group in the future. 5-149 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 676 Print Job Manager/Desk Top Editor: A pair of utilities that allows print jobs to be distributed evenly among the printers on the network, and allows files to moved around, combined, and converted to different formats. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-150 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 677 TXJob Send, Transmission Yellow, Magenta, Cyan YMCK Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, BlacK NOTE: All of the Group 8xxx SPs are reset with SP5801-001 Memory All Clear, or the Counter Reset SP7808. 5-151 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 678 • When an image received from Palm 2 is received and stored, the L: counter increments. • When the customer prints a report (user code list, for example), the O: counter increments B064 Series/B140 Series 5-152 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 679 Palm 2), are printed with another application, the O: counter increments. • When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with a network application (Web Image Monitor, for example), the C: counter increments. 5-153 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 680 • If the send is started from Desk Top Binder or Web Image Monitor, for example, then the O: counter increments. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-154 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 681 (Z-fold). Punch Number of jobs started in Punch mode. When Punch is set for a print job, the P: counter increments. (See SP8064) Other Reserved. Not used. 5-155 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 682 • The first test print and subsequent test prints to adjust settings are added to the number of pages of the copy job (SP8072). • When printing the first page of a job from within the document server screen, the page is counted. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-156 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 683 • If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled. • Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job. 5-157 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 684 • If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied but not stored, the C: count is 6. • If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-158 /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 685 • If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server, the C: count is 6 and the L: count is 6. • If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6. 5-159 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 686 • In the SADF mode if the user copies 1 page in platen mode and then copies 2 pages with SADF, the Platen count is 1 and the SADF count is 3. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-160 /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 687 • If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode. 5-161 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 688 The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen B064 Series/B140 Series 5-162 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 689 Store File button from within the Copy mode screen. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [SP8446]. Full Bleed Other (Standard) Other (Custom) 5-163 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 690 Note: At the present time, SP8311 and SP8315 perform identical counts. 1200dpi ~ 600dpi~1199dpi 400dpi~599dpi 200dpi~399dpi ~199dpi • Copy resolution settings are fixed so they are not counted. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-164 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 691 8406 L:PrtPGS/LS the operation panel. [0~9999999/1] • Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the L: count. 5-165 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 692 • These counts (SP8421 to SP8427) are especially useful for customers who need to improve their compliance with ISO standards for the reduction of paper consumption. • Pages that are only partially printed with the n-Up functions are counted as 1 page. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-166 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 693 The number of pages printed in series (one side) or printed as a book with booklet right/left pagination. User Stamp The number of pages printed where stamps were applied, including page numbering and date stamping. 5-167 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 694 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by Other applications. 8441 8442 8443 8444 8445 8446 8447 Full Bleed Other (Standard) Other (Custom) • These counters do not distinguish between LEF and SEF. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-168 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 695 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed from within the document server mode window at the operation panel. Normal Recycled Special Thick Normal (Back) Thick (Back) Other 5-169 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 696 These SPs count the number of pages printed with the Toner Save feature switched on. [0~9999999/1] Note: These SPs return the same results as this SP is limited to the Print application. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-170 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 697 Japan Only Other • SP8511 and SP8514 return the same results as they are both limited to the Print application. • Print jobs output to the document server are not counted. 5-171 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 698 2) The counts for staple finishing are based on output to the staple tray, so jam recoveries are counted. 8531 Staples This SP counts the amount of staples used by the machine. [0~9999999/1] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-172 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 699 These SPs count the totals for A3/DLT paper use, number of duplex pages printed, and the number of staples used. These totals are for Other (O☺ applications only. A3/DLT Duplex Staple 5-173 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 700 2) If the job is canceled before storage on the Scan Router server finishes, the counts are not done. 3) The count is executed even if regardless of confirmation of the arrival at the Scan Router server. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-174 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 701 PSTN-2 PSTN-3 ISDN (G3,G4) Network 8741 RX PGS/Port These SPs count the number of pages received by the physical port used to receive them. PSTN-1 PSTN-2 PSTN-3 ISDN (G3,G4) Network 5-175 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 702 Down Time/PrtJam Total down time due to paper jams during printing. Down Time/OrgJam Total down time due to original jams during scanning. Down Time/TonEnd Total down time due to toner end. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-176 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 703 Copy application registrations with [0~255/1] the Program (job settings) feature. Printer Program Printer application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature. Scanner Program Scanner application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature. 5-177 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 704: Printer Service Table

    1: Disabled. Document server cannot be used. 7910 PDL Number Information Returns the character string for the PDL version. 7911 PDL Version Information Returns the character string for the PDL version. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-178 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 705: Scanner Service Table

    Adjusts the auto reset timer for the scanner function. If this is “0”, the auto reset function is disabled. [0,10~99/1 s] 1009* Remote Scan Disable Enables/Disables the TWAIN scanner driver. [0~1/1] 0: Disabled 1: Enabled (B140) 5-179 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 706 (Text/Binary) 013* Brightness – Notch 5 [0~255/1] (Text/Binary) Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Contrast Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Threshold Density Level 4: [1~255/1] Intermediate Brightness Density Level 4: [1~255/1] Intermediate Contrast B064 Series/B140 Series 5-180 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 707 Contrast Density Level 1 Dark: [1~255/1] Threshold Independent Dot Erase [0x00~0x07/1] Unevenness Correction [0x00~0x07/1] Notch No. 1 (Darker): [1~255/1] Contrast: 1-255 (B140) Notch No. 1 (Darker): [1~255/1] Contrast: 1-255 (B140) 5-181 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 708 Density Level 6: [1~255/1] Threshold Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Brightness Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Contrast Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Threshold Density Level 4 [1~255/1] Intermediate: Brightness Density Level 4 [1~255/1] Intermediate: Contrast B064 Series/B140 Series 5-182 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 709 [1~255/1] Threshold Notch No. 2: Threshold: [1~255/1] 1-255 (B140) Notch No. 1: Brightness: [1~255/1] 1-255 (B140) Notch No. 1: Threshold: [1~255/1] 1-255 (B140) Notch No. 1: Contrast: [1~255/1] 1-255 (B140) 5-183 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 710 Density Level 6: [1~255/1] Threshold Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Brightness Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Contrast Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Threshold Density Level 4 [1~255/1] Intermediate: Brightness Density Level 4 [1~255/1] Intermediate: Contrast B064 Series/B140 Series 5-184 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 711 Density Level 1 Dark: [1~255/1] Threshold [1~255/1] Notch No. 1 (Darker): Brightness: 1-255 (B140) Notch No. 1 (Darker): [1~255/1] Contrast: 1-255 (B140) Notch No. 1 (Darker): [1~255/1] Threshold: 1-255 (B140) 5-185 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 712 Density Level 6: [1~255/1] Threshold Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Brightness Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Contrast Density Level 5: [1~255/1] Threshold Density Level 4 [1~255/1] Intermediate: Brightness Density Level 4 [1~255/1] Intermediate: Contrast B064 Series/B140 Series 5-186 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 713 [1~255/1] Brightness Density Level 2: [1~255/1] Contrast Density Level 2: [1~255/1] Threshold [1~255/1] Density Level 1 Dark: Brightness Density Level 1 Dark: [1~255/1] Contrast Density Level 1 Dark: [1~255/1] Threshold 5-187 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 714 Notch No. 4 (Middle): [1~255/1] Brightness: 1-255 (B140) Notch No. 4 (Middle): [1~255/1] Contrast: 1-255 (B140) Notch No. 4 (Middle): [1~255/1] Threshold: 1-255 (B140) Notch No. 3: Brightness: [1~255/1] 1-255 (B140) B064 Series/B140 Series 5-188 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 715 Notch No. 2: Threshold: 1- [1~255/1] (B140) Notch No. 1 (Darker): [1~255/1] Brightness 1-255 (B140) Notch No. 1 (Darker): [1~255/1] Contrast 1-255 (B140) [1~255/1] Notch No. 1 (Darker): Threshold 1-255 (B140) 5-189 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 716 8004 Transmission Error Display Time A one-line error message when a transmission error occurs on the file server. This setting determines how long this one-line message is displayed. [0~999/1 s] B064 Series/B140 Series 5-190 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 717: Input/Output Check

    2nd Paper Size Switch See Paper Size Tables Below 2nd Paper Size Switch 2nd Paper Size Switch 2nd Paper Size Switch 2nd Paper Size Switch Not used Not used Not used 5-191 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 718 HIGH A4 LEF " x 13" HIGH " x 13" SEF A5 SEF HIGH A5 SEF A5 LEF HIGH A5 LEF HIGH HIGH HIGH HIGH (Size set in User Tools) B064 Series/B140 Series 5-192 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 719 3rd Paper Feed Sensor Present Not present 1st Vertical Transport Sensor Present Not present Japan Only 2nd Vertical Transport Sensor Present Not present 3rd Vertical Transport Sensor Present Not present 5-193 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 720 Switch pressed pressed Toner Collection Bottle Set SW Switch pressed Switch not pressed Not used Not used Not used Not used 10. Paper Feed 10 DFU 11. Paper Feed 11 DFU B064 Series/B140 Series 5-194 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 721 Not set Development Motor Lock Not locked Locked Fusing/Exit Motor Lock Locked Not locked Drum Motor Lock Not locked Locked 60 CPM 75 CPM Not used Not used Not used 5-195 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 722 Paper not present Original Width 3 Sensor Paper present Paper not present Original Width 2 Sensor Paper present Paper not present Original Width 1 Sensor Paper present Paper not present B064 Series/B140 Series 5-196 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 723: Copier Output Check: Sp5804

    Tandem Connection Release SOL Left Tandem Lock SOL Tandem Transport Motor Relay Motor Main Motor Fusing Exit Motor Registration Motor Guide Plate Release SOL Exit Junction SOL Inverter Duplex Motor Duplex Transport Motor 5-197 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 724 LD DC Lamp DFU FIN Tray Lift Motor FIN Jogger Motor FIN Staple Transport Motor FIN Exhaust Motor FIN Shift Motor FIN Staple Slant Motor Status Lamp (Green) Status Lamp (Red) B064 Series/B140 Series 5-198 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 725: Adf Input Check: Sp6007

    Feed Cover Sensor Pick-up Roller HP Sensor Group 3 Description Bottom Plate HP Sensor Bottom Plate Position Sensor Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used 5-199 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 726: Adf Output Check: Sp6008

    1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 Description Feed Motor: Forward Feed Motor: Reverse Transport Motor: Forward Exit Motor: Forward Pick-up Motor: Reverse Bottom Plate Motor: Forward Bottom Plate Motor: Reverse B064 Series/B140 Series 5-200 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 727: Finisher Input Check: Sp6117 (B478/B704)

    Positioning Roller HP Sensor Not home position Home position Stack Plate – Rear HP Sensor Not home position Home position Stack Plate – Front HP Sensor Home position Not home position 5-201 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 728 Shift Jogger Lift HP Sensor Home position Not home position (Optional Jogger Unit) Shift Jogger HP Sensor Not home position Home position (Optional Jogger Unit) Optional Jogger Unit Connection Connection Not connection B064 Series/B140 Series 5-202 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 729: Finisher Output Check: Sp6118

    Stapler Return Solenoid Stack Plate- Front Motor Stack Plate – Rear Motor Stacking Roller Drag Motor Stacking Roller Motor Shift Jogger Motor (Optional Jogger Unit) Shift Jogger Lift Motor (Optional Jogger Unit) 5-203 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 730: Finisher 1 Input Check: 6121

    047 Exit Jogger HP Sensor: Front 023 Punch Moving HP Sensor 048 Exit Jogger HP Sensor: Rear 024 Punch Registration Sensor 049 Exit Jogger HP Sensor: Upper 025 Punch Registration Detection B064 Series/B140 Series 5-204 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 731: Finisher 1 Output Check: 6124

    029 Punch Registration Detection Motor 014 End Stapler Motor 030 Exit Jogger Motor: Front 015 Upper Junction Gate Solenoid 031 Exit Jogger Motor: Rear 016 Lower Junction Gate Solenoid 032 Exit Jogger Release Motor 5-205 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 732: Finisher 2 Input Check: 6122

    037 Shift Jogger HP Sensor 018 Paper Detection Sensor: Staple 038 Shift Jogger Release HP Sensor 019 Paper Detection Sensor: Shift 039 Front Door Safety Switch 020 Staple Cartridge Set Sensor B064 Series/B140 Series 5-206 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 733: Finisher 2 Output Check: 6125

    023 Reverse Drive Motor 011 Knock (Staple Hammer) Motor 024 Reverse Feed Motor 012 Stack Feed Out Motor 025 Exit Jogger Motor 013 Shift Motor 026 Exit Jogger Release Motor 5-207 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 734: Using The Debug Log (B140/B246)

    3. On the control panel keypad, press “1” then press . This switches the Save Debug Log feature on. NOTE: The default setting is “0” (OFF). This feature must be switched on in order for the debug information to be saved. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-208 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 735 . This example shows an entry for SC670. COPY : SP-5-858-001 Debug Save When Any SC Error __670 NOTE: For details about SC code numbers, please refer to the SC tables in Section “4. Troubleshooting”. 5-209 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 736 The machine is now set to record the debugging information automatically on the HDD (the target selected with SP5857-002) for the events that you selected SP5858 and the memory modules selected with SP5859. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-210 /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 737: Retrieving The Debug Log From The Hdd

    2. Enter the SP mode and execute SP5857-009 (Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest 4 MB)) to write the debugging data to the SD card. 3. Use a card reader to copy the file and send it for analysis to your local Ricoh representative by email, or just send the SD card by mail.

  • Page 738: Recording Errors Manually

    The debug information for the error is saved on the hard disk so the service representatives can retrieve it on their next visit by copying it from the HDD to an SD card. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-212 /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 739: New Debug Log Codes

    To create a new log file, execute SP5857-012 to delete the debug log data from the SD card and then execute this SP (SP5857- 017). 5-213 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 740: User Tools

    During machine operation, in the jam mode, or while a warning message is displayed, the display language can be changed and the counters can be displayed. However, the counters cannot be printed. B064 Series/B140 Series 5-214 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 741: System Settings

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA USER TOOLS 5.8.2 SYSTEM SETTINGS B064 Series System Settings General Features Panel Tone Warm Up Notice Copy Count Display Function Priority Print Priority Function Reset Timer Interleave Print Output Tray Setting Output Copier Output: Document Server Output: Printer...
  • Page 742 Address Book: Change Order Address Book: Edit Title Address Book: Select Title Auto Delete File Delete All Files Display Password with Stored File Key Operator’s E-Mail Address AOF (Always On) B064 Series/B140 Series 5-216 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 743: B140/B246/D052 Series System Settings

    Set Date Set Time Weekly Timer Code Auto Logout Timer Weekly Timer: Monday Weekly Timer: Tuesday Weekly Timer: Wednesday Weekly Timer: Thursday Weekly Timer: Friday Weekly Timer: Saturday Weekly Timer: Sunday 5-217 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 744 POP Before SMTP POP3 Setting Administrator's E-mail Address E-mail Communication Report Default User Name/Password (Send) Program/Change/Delete E-mail Message Program/Change/Delete Subject Scanner Recall Interval Time Number of Scanner Recalls Auto Specify Sender Name B064 Series/B140 Series 5-218 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 745 Print Address Book: Destination List Address Book: Select Title Auto Delete File Delete All Files Program/Change/Delete LDAP Server Use LDAP Server AOF (Always ON) Firmware Version Auto Erase Memory Setting Erase All Memory 5-219 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 746: Copier/Document Server Features

    Enlarge 3 Enlarge 4 Enlarge 5 Priority Setting: Enlarge Reduce 1 Reduce 2 Reduce 3 Reduce 4 Reduce 5 Reduce 6 Priority Setting: Reduce Ratio for Create Margin R/E Priority B064 Series/B140 Series 5-220 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 747 Image Repeat Separation Line Double Copies Separation Line Separation Line in Combine Copy Back Cover Front Cover Copy in Combine Copy on Designating Page in Combine Orientation: Booklet, Magazine Copy Order in Combine 5-221 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 748 Stamp Position: 2 Stamp Position: 3 Stamp Position: 4 Stamp Format: 1 Stamp Format: 2 Stamp Format: 3 Stamp Format: 4 Date Stamp Format Font Stamp Position Stamp Setting Size Superimpose B064 Series/B140 Series 5-222 /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 749 Select Stapling Position (Top Right) Select Stapling Position (Bottom Right) Select Stack Position Select Punch Type Letterhead Setting Eject Copy Face Up/Down in Glass Mode Eject Copy Face Up/Down in Bypass Mode 5-223 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 750: Inquiry

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA USER TOOLS 5.8.4 INQUIRY B064 Series INQUIRY Machine Repair Telephone No. Machine Serial No. Sales Representative Telephone Number Consumables Toner Staple B140/B246/D052 Series INQUIRY Machine Repair Telephone No. Machine Serial No. Sales Representative Telephone Number 5.8.5 COUNTER...

  • Page 751: Dip Switch Tables

    Comments Not Used U : Design, Factory Use only. Do not change these settings. Controller Board DIP SW 6 Function Default Comments Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used 5-225 B064 Series/B140 Series /B246 Series/D052 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 752 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 753 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 754 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 755: Detailed Descriptions

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA OVERVIEW 6. DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS 6.1 OVERVIEW B246D850.WMFF B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 756 13. Registration Sensor 30. Exit Unit 14. By-pass Tray 31. Pressure Roller 15. Relay Sensor 32. Hot Roller 16. Grip Roller 33. Scanning (ADF) 17. Feed Sensor (Paper Tray) 34. Exposure (ADF) B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 757: Paper Path (With Cover Interposer Tray)

    1. Proof Exit Tray 2. Cover Sheet Path 3. Original Path 4. By-pass Tray 5. LCT Feed 6. Vertical Transport Path 7. Finisher Exit Tray 2 8. Finisher Exit Tray 1 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 758: Paper Path (With 9-Bin Mailbox)

    6. Mailbox Paper Path 7. Junction Gate (paper goes either up to the mailbox or out to the finisher’s proof tray) 8. Junction Gates (two junction gates control the paper path inside the finisher) B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 759 2. Drum Motor 8. Lower Relay Motor 3. Fusing/Exit Motor 9. Paper Feed Motor 1 4. Registration Motor 10. By-pass Motor 5. Toner Collection Motor 11. Development Motor 6. Paper Feed Motor 3 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 760: Board Structure

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BOARD STRUCTURE 6.2 BOARD STRUCTURE 6.2.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM B246D853.WMFFF B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 761: Component Descriptions

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BOARD STRUCTURE 6.2.2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS This machine employs Ricoh GW (Grand Work) architecture. (You may also hear this referred to as “RA2K” technology in the U.S.) Below is a summary of the main parts of the board structure.

  • Page 762: Ipu (Image Processing Unit)

    IPU Board DIP SW 102 Function On\OFF Comment DFU: Design, Factory Use only. Do not change these settings. NOTE: The IPU is on the back side of the swing out circuit board unit. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 763: Sbu (Sensor Board Unit)

    Drives the duplex stepper motors (x2), the registration motor, and lower relay motor. CNB (Connection Board) Relays signals for the ADF, finishers, LCT, fusing exit, drum motor, development motor, and front cover switches. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 764: Hdd (Hard Disk Drive)

    Bring an IC card holding the print data so it can be downloaded. • The “Scan to Email” addresses are also lost by HDD replacement. However, addresses can be backed up SmartNetMonitor. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 765: Copy Process Overview

    The grid plate ensures that corona charge is applied uniformly. The charge remains on the surface of the drum because the OPC layer has a high electrical resistance in the dark. 6-11 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 766 The Vsp output signal is one of the factors used for toner supply control. 9. CLEANING The cleaning brush removes toner remaining on the drum after image transfer and the cleaning blade scrapes off all remaining toner. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 767 COPY PROCESS OVERVIEW 10. QUENCHING The light from the quenching lamp electrically neutralizes the charge on the drum surface. After cleaning and quenching, the drum surface is ready for the next cycle. 6-13 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 768: Overview

    Duplex Scanning. The front side of the original is scanned as it passes over the ADF exposure glass below, and the back is scanned by a CIS mounted above the paper path. There is no inverter mechanism for duplex scanning in the ADF. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 769: Adf Drive Layout

    • Pre-scanning roller [F] • Scanning roller [G] • 2nd transport roller [H] • White platen roller [ I ] • 3rd transport roller [J] Exit motor: Drives the exit roller [K]. 6-15 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 770: Pick-Up Roller Lift

    [A] on. The cam [B] releases lever [C]. The lever rises and the pick-up roller [D] drops onto the stack of paper. Then the pick-up roller feeds the paper to the feed belt and separation roller. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 771: Bottom Plate Lift

    During the job, when the top of the stack becomes too low: When the pick-up roller drops low enough to switch sensor [A] on again, motor [B] switches on again to raise the stack to the correct feed position. 6-17 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 772: Original Separation

    [A]: Pick-up roller [B]: Feed belt [C]: Separation roller This mechanism prevents feeding more than one sheet at a time. ( Handling Paper> Handling Originals> Document Feed> FRR with Feed Belt) B064 Series/B140 Series 6-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 773: Original Transport

    • If the reverse side of the original is to be scanned, the CPU uses the surface of the white platen roller [L] to determine the white peak level for the job. 6-19 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 774: Original Skew Correction

    Roller [C] is still feeding the paper faster than the pre-scanning roller [E], and this slows the original at the leading edge and corrects skew. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 775 However, switching this feature on slows original feed slightly. Interval sensor/pre-scanning roller slow-down correction B6, A5, HLT Larger Than A5 Duplex Scanning Simplex Scanning 6-21 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 776: Original Size Detection

    When the leading edge of the paper passes the skew correction sensor, the CPU reads the outputs from the original width and length sensors. Please refer to the table on the next page. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 777 : For A5 SEF, B6 SEF, and B6 LEF, all sensors are off. The machine determines the paper size by measuring the distance between the leading and trailing edges using the skew correction sensor and clock pulses. 6-23 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 778 4. To restore all the default settings in either North America or Europe/Asia, enter “0”. SP 5126 This SP controls the alternative paper sizes that are detected for LG SEF (USA) or 8 ½ x 13" (Europe/Asia). B064 Series/B140 Series 6-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 779: Adf Scanning

    The CIS reads the surface of the white roller [C] and uses this reading (white point =0) as a reference point for density correction.  Digital Processes> Image Processing> Black and White CCD Systems, Black and White CIS Systems 6-25 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 780: Jam Detection

    NOTE: If a problem occurs in the ADF, either SC700 or SC701 will be issued. For details, please refer to Section 4 of this manual. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 781: Scanning

    The lens block (which consists of the scanner lens, CCD, and SBU) adjusts for refraction, MTF, and focusing. The lens block is replaced as a unit and requires no adjustment in the field. The resolution of the CCD is 600 dpi. 6-27 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 782: Scanner Drive

    The scanner HP sensor [D] detects when the scanner is at home position. The machine measures distance from home position by counting scanner motor pulses. Scanning Mode Speed 100% Reproduction Ratio 420 mm/s Returning to HP 840 mm/s B064 Series/B140 Series 6-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 783: Original Size Detection

    Width Sensor 1 Length Sensor 5 127.9 mm, 195.8 mm Width Sensor 2 138.5 mm, 233 mm A5-S A5-L A4-S Width Sensor 3 141.2 mm, 271.6 mm B5-L B4-S A3-S A4-L B246D813.WMFF 6-29 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 784: Detection Timing

    (or width for the CIS) is scanned. However, when the size of the first sheet has been detected, scanning is at normal speed for the remaining sheets. ( Handling Paper> Paper Feed> Paper Size Detection> By-pass Size Detection) B064 Series/B140 Series 6-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 785: Scanning Magnification

    So, the scanner slows to half the speed required for that reduction ratio. For a 49% magnification ratio, the scanner speed is the same as for 98% magnification. This causes twice as many scan lines as needed, so alternate lines are removed. 6-31 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 786: Auto Image Density (Ads)

    CIS starts 20 mm from the edge away from the operation panel and reads 65 mm in towards the center of the white platen roller and then performs image density correction line by line. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 787: Image Processing

    Shading correction, Image Processing, Main/Sub scan IPU: magnification, Video patch switching, Compression/ decompression, GAVD Controller: System control, software application control, image storage control, compression/decompression LDB: 4-beam laser exposure, digital-to-grayscale conversion, synchronization detection 6-33 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 788: Image Processing Flow

    Auto Select above ↓ Error diffusion, dithering, or binary picture Grayscale Processing processing Black-and-white digitization or dithering is ↓ selected by Auto Select above. Video Path ↔ Application (printer) ↓ LD Unit B064 Series/B140 Series 6-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 789: Image Processing Modes

    Used to achieved best reproduction of “copies of copies” by smoothing the image. Sharp Used to emphasize lines and text stronger than Normal for better image quality. Custom Setting Stores SP command settings. 6-35 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 790: Image Quality Sp Adjustments

    If the value is increased, the photo becomes sharper, but blurring could occur in the sub scan direction. If the value is decreased, blurring in the sub scan direction is less obvious but outlines become fuzzy. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 791 Custom Setting: Generation Mode Image Quality Item Range Default SP No. Generation 25~55% SP4903-021 55.5~75% SP4903-022 0~10 5 Normal 75.5~160% SP4903-023 160.5~400% SP4903-024 See the remarks for ‘Custom Setting: Pale Mode Image Quality’ above. 6-37 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 792: Custom Settings For Each Mode: Line Width Correction

    Quality Exposure: Thin Line – Text/Photo Mode). Normally, SP4904-022 is set to 0 (OFF). As the setting is increased (1~3) the line width correction effect becomes stronger, and lines become thinner. All settings of SP4903-086 will be affected by the same amount. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 793 Quality Exposure: Thin Line – Generation Mode). Normally, SP4904-024 is set to 0 (OFF). As the setting is increased (1~3) the line width correction effect becomes stronger, and lines become thinner. All settings of SP4903-092 will be affected by the same amount. 6-39 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 794: Custom Setting: Duplex Scanning Mode Original Image Quality Settings

    0: The adjustment will be applied only for duplex mode front side copies. 1: The adjustment will be applied for simplex mode, and for front side copies in duplex mode. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 795: Settings Adjustable For Each Original Mode

    Pixels of density below the selected threshold level are eliminated. Setting this feature to zero switches it off. Increasing this setting increases the effect of background erase. 6-41 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 796: Relation Between The Sp And Up Settings

    75.5 ~ 160% SP4903-007 160.5 ~ 400% SP4903-008 Photo Mode (Error Diffusion) Setting SP No. 25% ~55% SP4903-009 55.5 ~ 75% SP4903-010 75.5 ~ 160% SP4903-011 160.5 ~ 400% SP4903-012 B064 Series/B140 Series 6-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 797 55.5 ~ 75% SP4903-018 75.5 ~ 160% SP4903-019 160.5 ~ 400% SP4903-020 Generation Copy Setting SP No. 25% ~55% SP4903-021 55.5 ~ 75% SP4903-022 75.5 ~ 160% SP4903-023 160.5 ~ 400% SP4903-024 6-43 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 798: Image Processing Troubleshooting

    089~091 (Pale Mode – Pale Mode - Copy Select Thick Lines for Line Width Correction). Increase value of SP4903 017~020 NG (Background Out) Adjust SP4903 073 (Background Erase Mode) B246D817.WMFF B064 Series/B140 Series 6-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 799: Removing Vertical White Lines During Duplex Scanning

    Front Side Image Quality Different? Equal Quality Restored After Adjusting with SP4901 019? *1: Front Side Quality Adjustment *2: Rear Side Quality Adjustment *3: Simplex/Duplex Front Side Quality Adjustment B246D818.WMFF 6-45 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 800: Equalizing Duplex Scanned Image Quality Of Front/Back Sides

    010~014) will be applied to both duplex and simplex jobs. This mode is enabled for the Custom Setting only. SP4901-019 0: Enabled for Duplex Only (default setting) 1: Enabled for Simplex and Duplex Scanning B064 Series/B140 Series 6-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 801: Laser Exposure

    NOTE: 1) A new ceramic shaft increases the durability of the polygon motor. 3) This machine uses APC (Auto Power Control), so no adjustments are required when the LD unit is replaced. 6-47 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 802: Optical Path

    The optical path is a standard arrangement, starting at the LD unit and ending with the creation of the latent image on the OPC drum. ( Digital Processes> Printing> Laser Printing> Image Processing> Optical Components) B064 Series/B140 Series 6-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 803: Four-Beam Exposure

    Greyscale control: The greater the exposure time of the laser beam, the darker the pixel. The duration (width) of the pulse is adjusted with PWM (pulse width B246D903.WMF modulation) in 5 steps. 6-49 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 804: Cooling Fan

    The polygonal mirror motor [E] normally remains on. It shuts down when the machine is powered off or enters the auto off mode or night mode. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 805: Ld Safety Switches

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LASER EXPOSURE 6.7.5 LD SAFETY SWITCHES B064 Series, B140 Series Safety Switches Front Door Inter-lock SW +LD5V +3.3V MGAVD DATA1– LVDS DATA1 RECEIVER DATA1+ B246D905.WMF To ensure the safety of customers and customer engineers, two switches inside the cover prevent the laser beams from switching on accidentally.

  • Page 806: B246/D052 Series Safety Switches

    To ensure the safety of customers and customer engineers, two switches inside the cover prevent the laser beams from switching on accidentally. When the front cover is open, the line connecting each LD driver on the LD control board is disconnected. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 807: Drum Unit

    Also, with the PTL, pawl marks do not occur on the leading edges of copies. The PTL only operates when the machine prints on plain or translucent paper. ( 6.8.4) 6-53 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 808: Opc Drum

    A flywheel [B] on the drum drive shaft [C] reduces drum vibration. The other drive shaft [D] drives the cleaning unit. The drum drive shaft [C] drives the drum at 362 mm/s. B246D909.WMF B064 Series/B140 Series 6-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 809: Drum Charge

    With SP2602 (PTL Setting), you can adjust the distance from the leading edge where the PTL turns on to remove charge. There is an adjustment for the front side and one for the back side. For more, see section “5. Service Tables”. 6-55 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 810: Charge Corona Wire Cleaning

    The motor [B] switches on after the machine is switched on, but only after 5,000 or more copies have been made since the last wire cleaning. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 811: Drum Pick-Off Mechanism

    Weak spring pressure [A] keeps the pick-off pawls [B] against the surface of the drum. During copying, a shaft [C] turns a cam [D]. The cam moves the pick-off pawls from side to side to prevent drum wear at any fixed location. 6-57 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 812: Drum Cleaning

    At the end of every job, the drum reverses about 10 mm to remove toner that has collected at the edge of the counter blade. The drum motor drives the cleaning unit, as described in an earlier section. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 813: Drum Ventilation And Ozone Filter

    Switches on after the main power switch is turned on, and remains on. However, to reduce noise and conserve energy, this fan turns slower when the drum motor is off. 6-59 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 814: Toner Recycling

    The toner separation unit and waste toner transport coil [H] are connected to the same drive shaft (driven by the development motor). B064 Series/B140 Series 6-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 815: Waste Toner Collection

    The toner collection bottle set switch [H] detects when a new toner collection bottle is installed. If installing a new bottle does not reset the machine, SC496 (Toner Collection Bottle Error) is logged. 6-61 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 816: Process Control

    Any SC codes that are generated during auto process control are logged in the memory and do not appear. The machine will continue to operate. B140 series: Steps 2, 4, and 5 are not done if SP3904 is set to 0 (default) or 1. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 817: Drum Potential Sensor Calibration

    • Development bias is set to the value stored in SP2201-001 • Grid voltage is set to the value stored in SP2001-001 • Laser power is set to a fixed value 6-63 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 818: Development Bias, Bias Grid, And Ld Adjustment

    • If it is not, -(Vd + 800)V is added to Vg, and the process starts again from step 1. 4. If Vd cannot be adjusted to this standard within 5 attempts, Vg is fixed to – 1,000V and SC312 (Potential Sensor Calibration Error 3) is logged. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 819 4. If Vh cannot be adjusted to this standard within 25 attempts, LD power is set to the most recent value and SC314 (Potential Sensor Calibration Error 4) is logged. 6-65 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 820: Id Sensor Calibration (Vsg)

    (when measuring Vsg), then the previous ID sensor value is used. If the ID sensor output is abnormal when measuring Vsp, SC350, 351, or 352 is issued, and Vref is not updated (the machine uses the previous value). B064 Series/B140 Series 6-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 821: Development And Toner Supply

    The toner concentration is monitored with the ID sensor and TD sensors. The toner auger, separator, developer agitator, and paddle roller mix and transport the developer and toner. The development power pack applies development bias to the development roller. 6-67 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 822: Toner Supply

    A toner recycling system separates waste toner from toner that can be re-used. Reusable toner is carried to the development unit, and waste toner is sent to the waste toner bottle. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 823: Development Unit

    DEVELOPMENT AND TONER SUPPLY 6.9.2 DEVELOPMENT UNIT B246D924.WMF [H]: Paddle roller [I]: Development roller [J]: Development roller sleeve [K]: Doctor blade [L]: OPC drum ( Photocopying Process> Development> Dual-component Development) 6-69 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 824: Developer/Toner Mixing (Agitation)

    DEVELOPMENT AND TONER SUPPLY 6.9.3 DEVELOPER/TONER MIXING (AGITATION) B246D925.WMF [M]: Development roller [N]: Doctor blade [O]: Backspill plate [P]: Agitator [Q]: Mixing vanes [R]: Auger ( Photocopying Process> Development> Crossmixing) B064 Series/B140 Series 6-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 825: Development Bias

    Development power pack [A] applies –550V through terminal [B] to the shaft [C] of the development roller [D] Bias is also applied to the lower casing to prevent toner from being attracted back from the drum. 6-71 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 826: Toner Supply

    [C]. Toner is caught in the grooves in the toner supply roller. Then, as the grooves turn past the opening, the toner falls into the development unit. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 827: Development Unit Drive And Ventilation

    Two cooling fans [F] above the bypass tray draw in air to cool the development unit. Both fans switch on when the drum motor switches on, then both switch off 110 seconds after the drum motor switches off. 6-73 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 828: Toner End Sensor

    The top of the shutter [A] has a semi-circular opening [B]. Normally, toner from the toner bottle [C] flows through this opening into the hopper below. However, pulling out the shutter cover [D] closes the cover automatically to prevent toner spill from the hopper. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 829: Toner Bottle Supply And Ventilation

    The toner supply motor [A] (a dc motor) and gears [B] rotate the toner bottle [C]. The toner cooling fan [D] (below the operation panel) ventilates the area around the bottle. This fan always switches off and on with the polygonal mirror motor. 6-75 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 830: Toner Supply Control

    850 mg/s B246D935.WMF But if GAIN is 0, the ‘+16 ms’ part of the equation is not used, and the time interval that the clutch is turned on becomes zero. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 831: Pixel Count Toner Supply Mode

    0 and 255 (0 = blank page, 255= black page). The toner supply clutch on time is calculated using the same formula, but the GAIN value is fixed at 0.7. 6-77 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 832: Td Sensor Initialization

    Sensor Pattern: Adj. to Applied Voltage). • LD power: 185 μW (target drum potential –130V) • Development bias: -360V, default for SP2201 002 (ID Sensor Pattern: Adj. to Applied Voltage). B064 Series/B140 Series 6-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 833: Toner Supply Without Id Sensor And Td Sensors

    Abnormal output detected when updating Vref: SC350, 351, or 352 is issued, and Vref is not updated (the machine uses the current value). 6-79 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 834: Toner End Detection

    • If the toner end sensor output remains on even after seven attempts of the above procedure, the components switch off and the machine remains in the “Toner End” status. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 835: Image Transfer And Paper Separation

    Easy access to the transfer belt from behind the front door allows quick removal of paper jams. A heater near the transfer belt unit ensures that the area around the belt is always dry. 6-81 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 836: Transfer Belt Lift

    • The transfer belt would cause the drum to wear, if it were allowed to remain in contact with the drum. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 837: Timing

    Then the transfer belt lift solenoid switches on to lift the belt. At the end of the job, the solenoid switches off, and the transfer belt unit lowers away from the drum. 6-83 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 838: Transfer Belt Charge

    • Cleaning Roller: About +1.0 kV max. through terminal [D] to the cleaning roller [E]. Drive rollers [F, G] are grounded so that the cleaning unit can clean the belt easily. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-84 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 839: Transfer Current Settings

    3) At the following times, the transfer roller output changes to 2.6 kV, and the cleaning roller output is fixed at 1.0 kV: • When the job ends • Whenever the drum motor is turning, except during copying and during process control 6-85 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 840: Transfer Current Circuit

    • Adjusts its output (It) to keep the current I constant, regardless of changes in temperature or humidity which can affect the surface resistance of the paper. A varistor [E] keeps the voltage at the cleaning roller constant [F]. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-86 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 841: Transfer Belt Drive And Paper Transport

    The tapered parts [D] at both ends of the roller [E] help keep the transfer belt [F] in the center, so that it does not run off the rollers. B246D946.WMF 6-87 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 842: Transfer Belt Cleaning

    The cleaning blade [C] scrapes toner off the cleaning roller and drops it onto the agitator plate [D]. The plate [D] moves the toner into the collection coil [E]. The coil takes the toner to the toner collection bottle. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-88 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 843: Anti-Condensation Heater

    The anti-condensation heater [A] is directly below the transfer belt drive roller. This anti-condensation heater turns on automatically at the following times: • When the main power switch is turned off • When the machine enters auto off mode 6-89 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 844: Overview

    NOTE: Items (12)~(16) comprise the standard FRR feed system, which is used for Trays 1, 2, and 3. This machine uses motor on/off time (not clutches) to control paper feed. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-90 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 845: Tray Capacities

    • There is a mylar strip over the entire length of the registration roller. Jam Removal Pulling out a paper tray releases the pressure on the rollers, making it easy to remove paper jams. 6-91 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 846: Drive

    The relay sensor [G], at the top of the vertical transport path, triggers the start of image exposure on the OPC drum, and detects jams in the paper path. The transport guide plate [H] swings against the side of the machine and locks in place. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-92 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 847: Tray And Paper Lift Mechanism – Tray 2,3

    The universal trays (Tray 2, Tray 3) are not provided with near end sensors. The pulse count of the tray lift motor is used to signal near end. 6-93 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 848: Lift Sensor

    Then the lift motor turns on again until the lift sensor is activated again. When the tray is drawn out of the feed unit: gear [F] disengages pin [G] on shaft [H], then the tray bottom plate [I] drops by its own weight. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-94 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 849: Paper Feed And Separation Mechanism

    When the feed motor reverses: Feed roller [A] No rotation Separation roller [D] Free to rotate Grip roller [B] Rotates 6-95 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 850: Paper Feed And Separation

    When the feed motor rotates forward: Feed roller → Rotates Separation roller → Rotates in accordance with the FRR principle  Handling Paper> Paper Feed Methods> Forward and Reverse Roller (FRR) Grip roller → Rotates B064 Series/B140 Series 6-96 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 851: Separation Roller Release Mechanism

    [D] on the feed roller shaft rotates down, strikes a stopper, and drives the feed roller forward slightly to separate it from the reverse roller below. The rollers are composed of rubber and may stick occasionally. This mechanism prevents excessive wear on the rollers. 6-97 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 852: Paper Near-End And Paper End – Trays 2 And 3

    The paper end sensor [A] receives light reflected from the paper below [B] until the last sheet has been fed. Then, paper end is detected. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-98 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 853: Paper Size Detection

    UP mode. Special Size Setting Range 210 ~ 432 mm (8.3~17") 148 ~ 297 mm (5.8~11.7") Direction of Feed B246D957.WMFF 6-99 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 854: Anti-Condensation Heaters

    This anti-condensation heater turns on automatically at the following times: • When the main power switch is turned off • When the machine enters auto off mode B064 Series/B140 Series 6-100 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 855: Tandem Tray – Tray 1

    During that time, the right tray stays in the machine and paper feed continues. 6-101 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 856: Connecting The Left And Right Sides Of The Tray

    When the tandem tray is drawn out fully: • Projection [D] pushes up lock lever [A] so that both trays separate. This makes paper loading easier. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-102 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 857: Paper Lift/Remaining Paper Detection

    The tray goes up until both of the following occur: • The paper pushes up the pick-up roller and the lift sensor is activated • The paper end sensor at the top of the tray is deactivated. 6-103 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 858 When removing the tray manually, if paper is still present, the tray lowers under its own weight as follows: • Coupling [G] separates from pin [H] Tray bottom plate [I] moves down. • Damper [J] lets the tray bottom plate drop slowly. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-104 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 859: Fence Drive

    [D] activate. Then, the LCD prompts the user to set some paper in the left side of the tandem tray. 6-105 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 860: Rear Fence Drive

    [B] turns clockwise until rear fence HP sensor [E] detects the actuator. While the rear fence is moving, the left tray lock solenoid [F] turns on and the lock lever [G] locks the left tray. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-106 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 861: Tray Side-To-Side Positioning

    When the feed tray is set in the paper feed unit, the side-to-side positioning plate [A] presses the feed tray against the stopper [B]. By moving the positioning plate, the tray position can be changed to adjust the side-to-side registration. 6-107 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 862: Tray Positioning Mechanism – Trays 1 To 3

    B246D970.WMFF When the tray is placed in the paper feed unit, the lock lever [A] drops behind the lock plate [B] on the support bracket to lock the tray in the proper position. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-108 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 863: By-Pass Tray

    NOTE: The direction of feed in the by-pass tray is opposite from that of the other paper trays, so their parts (with the exception of the separation roller) are not interchangeable. 6-109 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 864: By-Pass Tray Paper End Detection

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER FEED By-pass Tray Paper End Detection B246D973.WMFF When the paper runs out, the paper end feeler [A] drops through the cutout in the by-pass paper end sensor [B]. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-110 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 865: By-Pass Paper Size Detection

    SP1905 (Thick Paper – Bypass Tray): Use this to adjust the by-pass feed clutch operation if thick paper often jams at the registration roller. See “5. Service Tables” for details. 6-111 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 866: Paper Registration

    The upper relay roller [H] feeds all paper exiting the vertical transport path. It also feeds paper from the duplex unit and LCT. The by-pass tray feeds paper directly to the registration rollers. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-112 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 867: Paper Registration Drive

    NOTE: Use SP1003 (Registration Buckle Adjustment) to adjust the registration motor timing for each paper feed station or the duplex tray. For details see “5. Service Tables”. 6-113 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 868: Jam Removal At Paper Registration

    To prevent the guide plate from being left open, if the guide plate position sensor is activated, copying is disabled and a caution is displayed on the LCD panel. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-114 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 869: Overview

    Non-contact thermistor (B064 Series only) Non-contact thermostats (B064 Series x2, B140 Series x3). Contact thermistors (B064 Series x1 end, B0140 Series x 2, end and center) B064 Series x2, B140 Series x3 The D054 model only utilizes two fusing lamps.
  • Page 870 The fusing unit and exit unit can be separated, making it easier to service. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-116 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 871: Fusing Mechanism

    If the thermostats trigger an alert, the thermostat requires replacement. A fusing exit sensor, located between the hot roller and paper exit roller, detects paper jams inside the fusing unit. 6-117 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 872: B140/B246/D052 Series

    Another thermistor [F] touches the end of the hot roller. Thermistors Center (contact) thermistor Temperature control End (contact) thermistor Temperature control Thermostats Center (non-contact) thermostats Overheating protection If the thermostats trigger an alert, the thermostats must be replaced. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-118 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 873: Pressure Roller

    NOTE: Normally, the springs should be attached to the lower holes. Attaching the springs to the upper holes exerts less pressure on the hot roller. Attach the springs to the upper holes only for especially thin paper. 6-119 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 874: B140/B246/D052 Series

    • When the cams are in the 'down' position again, and the actuator goes out of the gap, the sensor turns the motor off. At paper jam or SC error: • The pressure roller is again pulled away from the hot roller. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-120 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 875: Hot Roller Cleaning

    Inside the web cleaning unit, the web take-up roller [A] pulls the web from the web supply roller [B] past the cleaning roller [C]. The cleaning roller is pressed against the hot roller. 6-121 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 876: Web Drive

    SC550 (Fusing Unit Web End) is logged. After replacing the web with a new one, reset SP1902-001 to 0 to release SC550. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-122 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 877: Fusing Unit Entrance Guide

    NOTE: 2) Before shipping, the screws are set in the outer holes. 3) If the customer is experiencing problems with paper sizes larger than A4, then use the inner holes. 6-123 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 878: Fusing Unit Drive

    Inserting the fusing unit engages the coupling [C]. The pressure roller [D] is driven by friction between the pressure roller and the hot roller [E]. The fusing unit exit rollers [F] are driven through some gears. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-124 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 879: Cpm Down Mode

    148°C, CPM down automatically decreases speed to 80% (60 to 48 cpm). The speed goes back to 100% when the fusing temperature gets to 151°C (148°C +3°C). 6-125 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 880: Fusing Temperature Control

    NOTE: 1) SP1103 (Fusing Idling) adjusts the fusing idling time if fusing on the first and second copies is incomplete due to low room temperature. This function is available for the B064 Series only. 2) SP1106 (Fusing Temperature Display) displays the current center and end temperatures for the hot roller.
  • Page 881 Fusing lamp overheat error 1 (hardware) SC545 Fusing lamp overheat error 2 NOTE: To release the machine after one of these SC codes is issued, just enter the SP mode. 6-127 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 882: Exit

    Fusing/exit motor [A] → timing belt [B] → exit roller [C] via gears and timing belts. The de-curler rollers [D] remove curl from the paper before it exits. This improves feed through the duplex unit and finishers. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-128 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 883: Exit Junction Gate

    (for face-up delivery) or the finisher. • If the solenoid is off: The gate remains closed and forces the paper down [E] to the duplex unit. 6-129 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 884: Duplex Unit

    NOTE: When the duplex unit is removed, the trailing edge guide plate (6) drops to the horizontal position to make it easier to remove. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-130 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 885: Duplex Drive

    (when interleaving is used) → Allows the sheet in front to be fed out of the duplex unit by motor [G] and rollers [H]. • Controlled by the duplex inverter sensor [J] 6-131 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 886: Inverter Operation

    • After this, the jogger fences move back to the previous position (12 mm away from the paper) • A spring pushes the gate back up again after the paper has gone (there is no solenoid). B064 Series/B140 Series 6-132 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 887: Inverter Feed Out

    [E]. When the leading edge of the paper, now caught by roller [E], passes sensor [F], solenoid [A] switches off and roller [B] returns to its home position. 6-133 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 888: Duplex Tray Feed

    For details of how the transport rollers [C, D], duplex transport clutch [E (not shown here)], and duplex inverter sensor [F] control duplex feed, see 6.13.2. Duplex transport sensors 1, 2, 3 [G] detect jams in the paper path. B064 Series/B140 Series 6-134 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 889: Duplex Interleave Feed

    2) 2nd sheet, front page printed (pg. 3) 3) 3rd sheet, front page printed (pg. 5) B246D873.WMFF 2. 1st, 2nd, 3rd sheet fed to duplex tray and inverter table. 3. 4th sheet feeds. B246D874.WMFF 6-135 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 890 12. 3rd sheet, back page printed (pg. 6) 13. 6th sheet, front page printed (pg. 14. 4th sheet, back page, (pg. 8), 7th sheet front page (pg. 13) copied in order, the process above repeats. B246D879.WMFF B064 Series/B140 Series 6-136 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 891: Energy Saver Modes

    • Energy saver timer • Auto off timer • Auto off disabling The way that the machine operates depends on the combination of installed equipment (copier only, or whether a printer/scanner is installed). 6-137 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 892: Energy Saver Mode

    • The ADF is lifted • A sheet of paper is placed in the by-pass feed table Operation Energy Saver Approx. Fusing Temp. System +5V Switch Recovery Time 182 °C B064 Series/B140 Series 6-138 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 893: Low Power Mode

    The machine returns to standby mode in the same way as from the energy saver mode. Operation Energy Saver Approx. Fusing Temp. System +5V Switch Recovery Time 165 °C 30 s 6-139 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 894: Auto Off Mode

    Disabling auto off mode If the user wishes to disable auto off mode, use the following user tool: User Tools – System Settings – AOF (change the setting to “OFF”). B064 Series/B140 Series 6-140 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 895: Night Mode

    Mode Fusing Temp. Note Saver Switch Night stand- Room Temp. by mode (Fusing lamp off) Room Temp. Only +5VE is supplied to Night mode (Fusing lamp off) the printer controller. 6-141 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 896: Energy Saver Changes For B140 And B246

    Auto Off Mode. The other 2 modes will not be used. • The recovery times are different from B064 (they are, for the three timers, < 3 seconds, about 10 seconds, and about 30 seconds). B064 Series/B140 Series 6-142 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 897: Differences Between The D052 And B246

    NOTE: The differences between the mainframe gears on the D052/D053 and D054 are indicated by changing the color of the gears: B246 series, D052/D053: Black D054: White 6-143 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 898 It is possible to use the same firmware on both B246 series and D052 series models, except for the Engine firmware. (The B246 series and D052 series both use their own unique Engine firmware.) B064 Series/B140 Series 6-144 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 899 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SPECIFICATIONS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 900 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 901: Specifications

    (1st Tray, A4/11" x 8.5" LEF Face-up mode) B246/B250 D052 B064/B065 5.3 s B141/B143 (1st Tray, A4/11" x 8.5" LEF Face-down B248/B249 mode) B251/B252 B140/B142 6.3 s B163/B228 (1st Tray, A4/11" x 8.5" LEF Face-down B246/B250 mode) B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 902 1200 dpi (printing) 600 dpi (scanning) Gradation 256 levels (scanning and printing) Original Archive 10,000 A4/8 " x 11" pages for document server Toner Replenishment Cartridge exchange (1100 g) Total Counter Electric Counter B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 903 Max. DC 24 V Connector Permissible voltage ±10% fluctuation Dimensions ( 680 x 560 x 180 mm (26.8" x 22.0" x 7.1") W x D x H Weight 18 kg (39.6 lb.) B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 904: Power Consumption

    299/346 W 299/346 W 299/346 W 10 sec. Recovery 196/223 W 196/223 W 196/223 W Off/Sleep Recovery 4.9/4.9 W 4.9/4.9 W 4.9/4.9 W Energy Save Mode 4.9/4.9 W 4.9/4.9 W 4.9/4.9 W B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 905 Less than 35/50 dB (A) Less than 35/50 dB (A) Less than 35/50 dB (A) Standby Copying Less than 74 dB (A) Less than 75 dB (A) Less than 75 dB (A) B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 906 NOTE: The above measurements were made in accordance with ISO 7779. Full system measurements include the Finisher, LCT, and Mailbox. In the above stand-by condition, the polygon mirror motor is not rotating. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 907: Machine Configuration

    SR4000/SR970 B700/ ○ B701 Output Jogger Unit B703 11 or 12 (not both) ○ Mailbox CS391 B762 12 or 11 (not both) ○ Cover Initerposer B704 ○ Copy Tray B756 ○ B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 908: Optional Equipment

    314 x 458 x 659 mm (12.4" x 18.1" x 25.9") Weight 20.0 kg (44 lb.) : In platen mode, APS (Auto Paper Select) with the original length and original width sensors are not used. B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 909: Sheet Finisher With Saddle-Stitch And 50-Sheet Stapler (B468)

    Tray Capacity 250 sheets (A4, 8 " x 11" or smaller) 50 sheets (B4, 8 " x 14" or larger) Paper Weight 52 g/m ~ 216 g/m (14 ~ 58 lb) B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 910: Staple Specifications

    6 ~ 10 sheets 10 docs. 11 ~ 15 sheets 30 docs. 2 ~ 5 sheets A3, B4, 11" x 17" 20 docs. 6 ~ 10 sheets 10 docs. 11 ~ 15 sheets B064 Series/B140 Series 7-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 911: Sheet Finisher With 50-Sheet Stapler (B469)

    A3 ~ B5, 11" x 17" ~ 8 " x 11" Paper Weight 64 g/m ~ 90 g/m (17 ~ 24 lb) Stapling Position Front (1), Back (1), Back (1: diagonal), Duplex Binding Stapling Capacity 5,000 staples/Cartridge 7-11 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 912: Sheet Finisher With Saddle-Stitch And 50-Sheet Stapler (B674)

    A3 and A4 LEF, B4 and B5 LEF, 11" x 17" and 8 " x 11" LEF (Max: 16 docs, Max sheets: 30 sheets or less) Note: Z-folded paper cannot be output to the upper tray. B064 Series/B140 Series 7-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 913: Lower Tray

    (One Z-folded sheet is counted as 10 unfolded sheets.) Paper Weight No Z- folded 52 g/m ~ 163 g/m (14 ~ 43 lb) Z-folded 64 g/m ~ 80 g/m (17 ~ 20 lb) 7-13 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 914: Staple Specifications

    6 ~ 10 sheets 10 docs. 11 ~ 15 sheets 30 docs. 2 ~ 5 sheets A3, B4, 11" x 17" 20 docs. 6 ~ 10 sheets 10 docs. 11 ~ 15 sheets B064 Series/B140 Series 7-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 915: Punch Unit (B377)

    700 x 620 x 960 mm (27.6" x 24.4" x 37.8") Weight Approx. 65 kg (143 lb.) (with punch unit) Power Consumption 72 W (3 A/24 V) Power Supply DC 24 V 7-15 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 916: Cover Interposer Tray (B470)

    (from main machine) Power Consumption Less than 48 W Dimensions (W x D x H) 500 x 620 x 200 mm (19.7" x 24.4" x 7.9") Weight 12 kg (26.4 lb.) B064 Series/B140 Series 7-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 917: Sheet Finisher (B478/B706)

    800 x 730 x 980 mm (31.5" x 28.7" x 38.6”) Weight Less than 65 kg (143 lb.) Compatible Machines B478: B064/B065, B070 (90 cpm), B071 (105 cpm) B706: B070 (90 cpm), B071 (105 cpm) 7-17 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 918: Punch Unit (B531)

    The DIP switches of these punch units do not need to be changed at installation, or adjusted for operation. DIP SW Settings Punch Unit Unit No. 2/3-Hole (NA) B531-17 2/4-Hole ( EUR/A) B531-27 0: OFF 1: ON B064 Series/B140 Series 7-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 919: Punch Unit (A812)

    DIP SW Settings Punch Unit Unit No. 2-Hole ( EUR/A) A812-40/A812-67 3-Hole (NA) A812-57 4-Hole ( EUR/A) A812-30 4-Hole (North Europe) A812-31 2-Hole (NA) A812-32 0: OFF 1: ON 7-19 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 920: Jogger Unit (B513)

    (7" x 24.5" x 37.8") Weight 50 kg (110 lb.) Power Consumption 100 W max. Power Supply North America 120 V, 60 Hz Europe/Asia 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz Compatible Finishers B674 B064 Series/B140 Series 7-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 921: Sheet Finisher (B701)

    30 sheets B4, ½" x14" or larger Stapling Mixed Paper Size 30 sheets A4 LEF + A3 SEF, Capacity B5 LEF + B4 SEF, 8½" x11” LEF + 11” x17” SEF 7-21 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 922 2-14 pages 100 sets A4 LEF & A3 SEF, B5 LEF Stapled Stack Capacity & B4 SEF, 8 1/2”x11” LEF & 2-30 pages 50 set (mixed sizes) 11” x17” SEF B064 Series/B140 Series 7-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 923: Sheet Finisher (B700)

    A4 LEF & A3 SEF, B5 LEF & B4 SEF, 8½"x11” LEF & 11” x17” SEF Booklet Stapling 15 sheets A4 SEF, A3 SEF, B5 SEF, B4 SEF, 8 1/2”x11” SEF, 8 1/2”x14” SEF, 11”x17” SEF, 12”x18” SEF 7-23 B064 Series/B140 Series CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...
  • Page 924 8½" x 11" LEF — 5½" x 8½" — — — 5½" x 8½" — — — Corner stapling, Shift, YES Booklet stapling/folding, Shift, YES Shift ONLY Shift NO — Not available B064 Series/B140 Series 7-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA /B246 Series/D052 Series...

  • Page 925: Large Capacity Tray

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B473 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 926 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 927 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LARGE CAPACITY TRAY B473 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT ..........1 1.1 EXTERNAL COVERS .................. 1 1.2 PICK-UP/FEED/SEPARATION ROLLERS........... 2 1.3 PICK-UP SOLENOID ................... 3 1.4 PAPER END SENSOR, UPPER COVER SWITCHES......... 4 1.5 TRAY MOTOR....................5 1.6 PAPER STACK SENSOR ................
  • Page 928 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 929: Replacement And Adjustment

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA EXTERNAL COVERS 1. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT 1.1 EXTERNAL COVERS B473R001.WMF [A]: Transport cover [B]: Transport cover hinge ( x 1) [C]: Rear cover ( x 4) [D]: Top cover ( x 1) [E]: Right cover ( x 2) [F]: Front cover (...

  • Page 930: Pick-Up/Feed/Separation Rollers

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PICK-UP/FEED/SEPARATION ROLLERS 1.2 PICK-UP/FEED/SEPARATION ROLLERS B473R002.WMF B473R003.WMF [A]: Open the transport cover [B]: Bracket cover ( x 2) [C]: Pick-up roller ( x 1) [D]: Feed roller ( x 1) [E]: Separation roller ( x 1) B473 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 931: Pick-Up Solenoid

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PICK-UP SOLENOID 1.3 PICK-UP SOLENOID B473R004.WMF Rear cover ( x 4) Open the transport cover ( 1.2) Bracket cover ( 1.2) [A]: Pick-up solenoid ( x 2,  x 1) B473 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 932: Paper End Sensor, Upper Cover Switches

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER END SENSOR, UPPER COVER SWITCHES 1.4 PAPER END SENSOR, UPPER COVER SWITCHES B473R005.WMF B473R006.WMF Open the top cover. Right cover ( 1.1) [A]: Paper end sensor ( x 1) [B]: Upper cover switches 1, 2 ( x 2) B473 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 933: Tray Motor

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TRAY MOTOR 1.5 TRAY MOTOR B473R007.WMF Rear cover ( 1.1) [A]: Tray motor ( x 2,  x 1) 1.6 PAPER STACK SENSOR B473R008.WMF Disconnect the LCT from the machine [A]: Sensor cover ( x 1) [B]: Paper stack sensor ( x 1) B473 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 934: Paper Size Adjustment

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER SIZE ADJUSTMENT 1.7 PAPER SIZE ADJUSTMENT B473R109.WMF The side fences [A] can be adjusted for A4 Sideways, B5 Sideways, or LT sideways at the top [B] and bottom brackets [C]. After changing the side fences to accept another paper size, you must execute SP5959 005 (Paper Type –...

  • Page 935: Details

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA OVERVIEW 2. DETAILS 2.1 OVERVIEW 2.1.1 LCT MAIN COMPONENTS B473D001.WMF 1. Separation Roller 10. Paper Height Sensor 2 2. Transport Roller 11. Paper Tray 3. Feed Sensor 12. Paper Height Sensor 3 4. Feed Roller 13. Paper Tray Motor 5.
  • Page 936 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA OVERVIEW Pick-up, Separation, Feed. Non-contact, maintenance free FRR sysem. ( Handling Paper> Paper Feed Methods> Forward and Reverse Roller (FRR)) Tray Lift. Tray lift motor and timing belt raise and lower the paper tray. Paper Size Detection. The side fences cannot be adjusted by customers. The paper size must be entered with SP5959 005.

  • Page 937: Lct Drive Layout

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA OVERVIEW 2.1.2 LCT DRIVE LAYOUT B473D003.WMF 1. Pick-up Roller 2. Separation Roller 3. Transport Rollers 4. Feed Roller 5. Feed Motor 6. Tray Motor 7. Tray Lift Shaft 8. Tray Drive Belt B473 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 938: Paper Feed And Separation

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER FEED AND SEPARATION 2.2 PAPER FEED AND SEPARATION A standard FRR system is used. It consists of the pick-up, feed, and separation rollers. 2.2.1 STARTING PAPER FEED B473D004.WMF The feed motor [A] drives the transport rollers [B]. The separation roller [C], which is free to rotate in the direction indicated by the arrow, remains at rest.

  • Page 939: Feed And Separation

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER FEED AND SEPARATION 2.2.2 FEED AND SEPARATION B473D005.WMF The feed motor [A] switches on, then the pick-up solenoid [B] switches on and transfers drive to the paper feed roller [C] and pick-up roller [D]. The rotating pick-up roller lowers and feeds the first sheet when it contacts the top of the stack.

  • Page 940: Paper Lift

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER LIFT 2.3 PAPER LIFT B473D006.WMF B473D158.WMF Tray motor [A] → Gear [B] → Shaft [C] → Tray belts [D] raise and lower the paper tray [E]. After paper is set in the LCT and the upper cover is closed, if the paper height sensor [F] is not activated, the tray motor lowers the tray and stops.
  • Page 941 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER LIFT B473D108.WMF Pressing the tray down button [A] reverses the rotation of the tray motor [B] and lowers the tray [C]. The tray lowers until the stack sensor [D] detects the top of the stack and stops the tray motor.

  • Page 942: Paper Height Detection

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER HEIGHT DETECTION 2.4 PAPER HEIGHT DETECTION B473D006.WMF As paper is consumed from the top of the stack [A], the paper tray rises and the actuator [B] attached to the tray passes through paper height sensor 3 [C], paper height sensor 2 [D], and paper height sensor 1 [E] until the actuator reaches the paper near end sensor [F].

  • Page 943: Paper End Detection

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER END DETECTION 2.5 PAPER END DETECTION B473D111.WMF The paper end sensor [A] monitors the light reflected by each sheet on top of the stack. When the last sheet feeds, the cutout [B] is exposed, and the paper end sensor receives no reflected light from below because there is no paper and this signals paper end.
  • Page 944 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 945 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B475 A3/DLT TRAY KIT CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 946 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 947 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA A3/DLT TRAY KIT B475 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT ..........1 1.1 BOTTOM PLATE LIFT WIRE REPLACEMENT ........... 1 1.1.1 REMOVING THE LIFT WIRE .............. 1 1.1.2 INSTALLING THE LIFT WIRE............. 2 2. DETAILS...................3 B475 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 948 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 949: Replacement And Adjustment

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BOTTOM PLATE LIFT WIRE REPLACEMENT 1. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT 1.1 BOTTOM PLATE LIFT WIRE REPLACEMENT 1.1.1 REMOVING THE LIFT WIRE NOTE: The procedures for front and rear wire removal are the same. Front B475R101.WMF Remove the A3/DLT tray from the machine. Inner cover (...

  • Page 950: Installing The Lift Wire

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BOTTOM PLATE LIFT WIRE REPLACEMENT 1.1.2 INSTALLING THE LIFT WIRE B475R061.WMF 1. Put the positioning pin [A] in hole [B] 2. Fit the projection [C] into slot [D]. 3. Attach the wire as shown [E]. NOTE: Make sure that the wires are not crossed. B475 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 951: Details

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BOTTOM PLATE LIFT WIRE REPLACEMENT 2. DETAILS B475D101.WMF With this option installed, only one stack of paper can be loaded. Lift motor [A] → Shaft and pulleys [B] → Tray wires [C] → Tray bottom plate [D]. An array of four paper height sensors [E] provide paper supply detection.
  • Page 952 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 953 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B468/B469/B674 3000-SHEET FINISHER CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 954 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 955 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 3000-SHEET FINISHER B468/B469/B674 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT ........... 1 1.1 EXTERNAL COVERS................... 1 1.2 POSITIONING ROLLER................2 1.3 INNER COVER..................... 2 1.4 BRUSH ROLLER..................3 1.5 LOWER TRAY PAPER HEIGHT SENSORS 1, 2......... 4 1.6 PROOF TRAY EXIT AND FULL SENSORS..........
  • Page 956 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rotational Stapler Movement..............38 2.8.3 FEED OUT..................39 2.9 STAPLING Z-FOLDED PAPER (B674 ONLY) ........... 40 2.10 BOOKLET FINISHING................41 2.10.1 OVERVIEW ..................41 2.10.2 BOOKLET STAPLING AND FOLDING..........41 2.10.3 INITIAL FOLDING................41 2.10.4 FINAL FOLDING AND FEED-OUT..........43 B468/B469/B674 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 957 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA What This Manual Contains This manual describes three 3000-sheet finishers: • B468 does center folding and saddle-stitching with staples. • B469 does stapling, but not saddle-stitching. • B674 does center folding and saddle stitching with staples, and also can staple of Z-folded sheets when the Z-Folding unit is installed with the finisher.
  • Page 958 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 959: Replacement And Adjustment

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA EXTERNAL COVERS 1. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT 1.1 EXTERNAL COVERS B468R002.WMF [A]: Rear cover ( x 4) [B]: Upper tray, lower tray ( x 2 each) (See note below) [C]: Top cover center ( x 1) [D]: Stopper ( x 1) [E]: Top cover (...

  • Page 960: Positioning Roller

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA POSITIONING ROLLER 1.2 POSITIONING ROLLER Open the front door. [A]: Pull out the jogger unit. [B]: Positioning roller ( x 1) [C]: Positioning roller drive belt B468R003.WMF 1.3 INNER COVER [A]: Inner cover ( x 3) [B]: Pull out the jogger unit. B468R004.WMF B468/B469/B674 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 961: Brush Roller

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BRUSH ROLLER 1.4 BRUSH ROLLER Rear View B468R005.WMF Open the front door. Pull out the jogger unit. Rear cover ( 1.1) [A]: Loosen tension bracket ( x 1) [B]: Spring [C]: Brush roller assy ( x 1, bushing x 3) •...

  • Page 962: Lower Tray Paper Height Sensors 1, 2

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LOWER TRAY PAPER HEIGHT SENSORS 1, 2 1.5 LOWER TRAY PAPER HEIGHT SENSORS 1, 2 B468R006.WMF [A]: Paper height sensor cover ( x 1) • Lift the back edge of the cover up. Then pull it toward you slowly to disengage the tabs under the front edge of the cover and remove it.

  • Page 963: Proof Tray Exit And Full Sensors

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PROOF TRAY EXIT AND FULL SENSORS 1.6 PROOF TRAY EXIT AND FULL SENSORS B468R007.WMF Open the front door. Top cover ( 1.1) [A]: Guide plate ( x 4) [B]: Sensor bracket ( x 1) [C]: Proof tray full sensor ( x 1) [D]: Proof tray exit sensor (...

  • Page 964: Exit Sensor

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA EXIT SENSOR 1.7 EXIT SENSOR B468R008.WMF Open the front door. Top and rear cover ( 1.1) [A]: Guide plate ( x 1) ( x 2) [B]: Exit sensor ( x 1) B468/B469/B674 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 965: Finisher, Stapler Entrance Sensors

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FINISHER, STAPLER ENTRANCE SENSORS 1.8 FINISHER, STAPLER ENTRANCE SENSORS B468R009.WMF Disconnect the finisher from the main unit. If the Cover Interposer Tray B470 is installed, remove it. Loosen the three shoulder screws, remove one set screw, then lift it off the frame. [A]: Finisher entrance sensor bracket (...

  • Page 966: Saddle-Stitch Stapler Replacement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SADDLE-STITCH STAPLER REPLACEMENT 1.9 SADDLE-STITCH STAPLER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the cover [A] ( x 1). 2. Remove the staple unit motor mount [B] ( x 4,  x 2). B468R101.WMF 3. Remove the old booklet stapler motors ( x 3 each  x 1 each). 4.
  • Page 967 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SADDLE-STITCH STAPLER REPLACEMENT 7. Attach the Teflon jigs [A] and [B]. 8. Attach the new booklet stapler motor mount to the frame ( x 4). B468R104.WMF 9. On each motor, with your finger turn the brass gear [C] toward you until it stops then tighten the motor screws [D] .(...

  • Page 968: Z-Fold Jogger Unit (B674 Only)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Z-FOLD JOGGER UNIT (B674 ONLY) 1.10 Z-FOLD JOGGER UNIT (B674 ONLY) B468R900.WMF 1. Open the front door and pull out the stapler tray unit. 2. Remove the Z-fold jogger unit cover [A]. ( x 2) 3. Remove the Z-fold jogger unit cover [B]. ( x 1) 4.

  • Page 969: Jogger Top Fence Motor (B674 Only)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JOGGER TOP FENCE MOTOR (B674 ONLY) 1.11 JOGGER TOP FENCE MOTOR (B674 ONLY) B468R901.WMF 1. Open the front door and pull out the stapler tray unit. 2. Remove the Z-fold jogger unit cover ( x 2) 3. Remove the motor bracket [A] ( x 2, timing belt x 1) 4.

  • Page 970: Jogger Bottom Fence Motor(B674 Only)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JOGGER BOTTOM FENCE MOTOR(B674 ONLY) 1.12 JOGGER BOTTOM FENCE MOTOR(B674 ONLY) B468R902.WMF 1. Open the front door and pull out the stapler tray unit. 2. Remove the jogger bottom fence motor [A] ( x 2, timing belt x 1,  x 1,  x 1). B468/B469/B674 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 971: Punch Position Adjustment

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PUNCH POSITION ADJUSTMENT 1.13 PUNCH POSITION ADJUSTMENT The positions of punch holes can be adjusted in two directions: • Vertical positon. To adjust the vertical positions of the punch holes, execute SP6113 002 (Punch Hole Adjustment – 2 Holes) or 003 (3 Holes) to adjust the timing of the punch motor.

  • Page 972: Jam Detection

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JAM DETECTION 1.14 JAM DETECTION Mode Cause Proof/Shift/Staple Finisher entrance sensor Remains off even after the main machine check in failure exit sensor goes OFF and the paper feeds 270 mm. Finisher entrance sensor Remains on even after enough time has check out failure elapsed for twice the length of the paper to feed.

  • Page 973: Dip Sw 100 (Main Board)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DIP SW 100 (MAIN BOARD) 1.15 DIP SW 100 (MAIN BOARD) The settings of DIP SW 100 on the main finisher board should remain set to OFF (zero in the table below). These settings should not be changed by the customer or the customer engineer during normal operation or testing.
  • Page 974 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT B468R903.WMF B468R904.WMF 1. On the back of the unit, pull the belt [A] (not the hook) down until the hook is at [B]. 2. Insert the adjustment board (B4689003) between the jogger fences. 3. Pull the belt [A] down slightly to raise the adjustment board until its top edge is even with the upper stay [C].
  • Page 975 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT B468R905.WMF B468R906.WMF 4. Rotate Knob R7 [A] until the folder plate [B] touches the adjustment board. 5. Turn knob [C] to bring both jogger fences[D] parallel to sides of the adjustment board. NOTE: Make sure that the adjustment board is flat. There should be a very small gap between the jogger fences and the sides of the adjustment board.
  • Page 976 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT B468R908.WMF B468R907.WMF B468R909.WMF 6. Push the left edge of the adjustment board against the front fence. 7. At the back of the unit, loosen screw [A] to release jogger shaft [B]. 8. At the front, check the position of the upper left corner. The leading edge should be parallel to the stay.
  • Page 977 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT B468R911.WMF B468R910.WMF B468R912.WMF 9. Push the right edge of the adjustment board against the back fence. 10. At the back of the unit, loosen screw [A] to release jogger shaft [B]. 11. At the front, check the position of the upper right corner. The leading edge should be parallel to the stay.
  • Page 978 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT Paper Paper 13.W M F B468R913.WMF 14. To check for skew, measure from the edges of the innermost sheet and make sure that the amount of skew is less than 2 mm for is more than 2 mm, do the following procedure. (1) Insert a screwdriver into the door switch then push in the stapler unit.
  • Page 979 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT B468R914.WMF 16. Use SP6902 (Fold Position Adjustment) until the two edges intersect in the middle at [A]. This minimizes vertical fold skewing by bringing the leading and trailing edges of the sheets closer together. NOTE: B140 copiers: First adjust SP 6902.
  • Page 980 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT 18. Do the following procedures. Over 2 mm (1) Loosen the rear jogger fence shaft screw, raise the rear jogger fence shaft then tighten the screw. (2) Loosen the screw of the front jogger fence shaft, lower the shaft to bring the front jogger fence flush against the paper, then tighten the screw.
  • Page 981 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA JOGGER FENCE ADJUSTMENT B468R917.WMF 20. Position the belt hook [A] as shown. 21. If the charge removal brush [B] is turned up, push down the fibers so that are perpendicular to the belt. B468/B469/B674 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 982: Details

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA OVERVIEW 2. DETAILS 2.1 OVERVIEW B468D900.WMF 1. Proof Tray 9. Stapler Unit 10. Pressure Plate Unit* 2. Guide Plate Motor 3. Guide Plate 11. Saddle Stitch Stapler* 4. Shift Roller 12. Folder Plate* 5. Tray Junction Gate 13.

  • Page 983: Drive Layout

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DRIVE LAYOUT 2.2 DRIVE LAYOUT B468D006.WMF 1. Proof Tray Motor 7. Pre-Stack Motor 2. Lower Tray Lift Motor 8. Exit Motor 3. Lower Tray Encoder Disk 9. Entrance Motor 4. Upper Tray Lift Motor 10. Shift Roller Motor 5.
  • Page 984 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DRIVE LAYOUT B468D007.WMF 1. Stack Feed Out Belt 5. Jogger Fence Motor 2. Folder Roller Motor 6. Jogger Fences 3. Folder Plate Motor* 7. Stapler Movement Motor 4. Feed Out Belt Motor 8. Stapler Rotation Motor * B468/B674 Only B468/B469/B674 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 985 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DRIVE LAYOUT B468D901.WMF 1. Jogger Top Fence Motor** 2. Jogger Bottom Fence Motor** ** B674 Only B468/B469/B674 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 986: Tray/Stapler Junction Gates

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TRAY/STAPLER JUNCTION GATES 2.3 TRAY/STAPLER JUNCTION GATES Proof (Upper Tray) Sort/Stack Staple B468D009.WMF B468D010.WMF B468D008.WMF The finishing mode selected for the job determines the direction of the paper in the finisher. • Proof Tray (Top of the unit) . Paper is sent to the top tray. •...

  • Page 987: Pre-Stacking

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PRE-STACKING 2.4 PRE-STACKING [B] [C] B468D011.WMF During a multiple copy job selected for stapling, the pre-stacking mechanism delays the first two sheets of every set (after the first set) to allow enough time to staple the preceding stack on the stapler tray. Pre-stacking is performed with the first and second sheets for the second and all subsequent sets.

  • Page 988: Vertical Lift Mechanism

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA VERTICAL LIFT MECHANISM 2.5 VERTICAL LIFT MECHANISM 2.5.1 OVERVIEW B468D101.WMF At power on, both trays lower slightly, then the upper tray stops at the feed-out position. The machine is ready for feed out to the upper tray [A] During printing, the upper [A] or lower tray [B] (whichever is selected) is repeatedly lowered until the stack reaches a certain height and then the job halts.

  • Page 989: Upper Tray

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA VERTICAL LIFT MECHANISM 2.5.2 UPPER TRAY B468D102.WMF [A]: Upper tray lift motor [B]: Upper tray paper height sensor [C]: Upper tray lift solenoid [D]: Upper tray full sensor [E]: Upper tray paper sensor [F]: Upper limit switch (upper tray) Just After the Power is Switched on At power on, the motor [A] moves the upper tray to the start position just under the feed-out slot.

  • Page 990: Lower Tray

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA VERTICAL LIFT MECHANISM 2.5.3 LOWER TRAY B468D104.WMF B468D103.WMF [A]: Upper tray lift motor [B]: Upper tray upper limit sensor [C]: Upper limit switch (upper tray) [D]: Lower tray lift motor [E]: Lower tray paper height sensor 1 [F]: Lower tray paper height sensor 2 Just After the Power is Switched on At power on, the upper tray moves to the start position under the feed-out slot, as...

  • Page 991: Lower Tray Full

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA VERTICAL LIFT MECHANISM Lower Tray Full B468D104.WMF [A]: Lower tray full sensor (sort/shift mode) [B]: Lower tray lift motor [C]: Lower tray encoder sensor [D]: Encoder disk [E]: Lower tray full sensor (saddle-stitch mode) [F]: Lower tray paper sensor The sensor that is used depends on which mode the user has selected.

  • Page 992: Shift Mechanism

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SHIFT MECHANISM 2.6 SHIFT MECHANISM B468D105.WMF The same shift mechanism is used for the upper tray and lower tray. Shift Roller Rotation The shift roller [A] is turned by the shift roller motor [B]. Shift Roller Horizontal Movement The shift roller is moved from left to right by the shift motor [C] and shift gear disk [D].

  • Page 993: Paper Positioning

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER POSITIONING 2.7 PAPER POSITIONING B468D014.WMF Vertical Alignment When the trailing edge of the copy passes the stapler tray entrance sensor [A], the positioning roller solenoid [B] switches on long enough for the selected paper size and pushes the positioning roller [C] onto the paper. The positioning roller and alignment brush roller [D] rotate to push the paper and align the trailing edge of the paper with the stack stopper [E].

  • Page 994: Stapler

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA STAPLER 2.8 STAPLER 2.8.1 STAPLING MECHANISM B468D015.WMF B468D106.WMF Staple firing is driven by the stapler motor [A] inside the stapler unit. The stapler hammer [B] fires the stapler [C]. The cartridge set sensor [D] detects the cartridge at the correct position, or logs an SC if the stapler unit is not at the correct position.

  • Page 995: Stapler Movement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA STAPLER 2.8.2 STAPLER MOVEMENT The stapler performs horizontal and rotational movement in each of the four staple modes. Horizontal Stapler Movement B468D016.WMF The stapler movement motor [A] drives the timing belt [B] which moves stapler [C] left and right on a support bar [D]. When the Start key is pressed, the jogger fences move to the wait position 10 mm wider than the selected paper size, the stapler motor switches on and moves the stapler to the staple position and then switches off.

  • Page 996: Rotational Stapler Movement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA STAPLER Rotational Stapler Movement B468D017.WMF When the user has selected oblique stapling at one position, first the stapler motor switches on and off for the amount of time needed to move the stapler to the stapling position for the selected paper size. At the correct time, the stapler rotation motor [A] switches on and via the timing belt [B] rotates the worm gear [C].

  • Page 997: Feed Out

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA STAPLER 2.8.3 FEED OUT B468D018.WMF B468D019.WMF After a set has been stapled, the stack feed out motor [A] switches on and drives the stack feed out belt [B]. The pawl [C] on the belt lifts the stapled stack and transports it to the exit rollers [D].

  • Page 998: Stapling Z-Folded Paper (B674 Only)

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA STAPLING Z-FOLDED PAPER (B674 ONLY) 2.9 STAPLING Z-FOLDED PAPER (B674 ONLY) B468D904.WMF B468D905.WMF Here is the operation sequence for jogging and stapling Z-folded sheets: ① The lower jogger fence lifts to receive the Z-folded sheets. ② The top fence moves down, to the horizontal position. ③...

  • Page 999: Booklet Finishing

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BOOKLET FINISHING 2.10 BOOKLET FINISHING 2.10.1 OVERVIEW Stapling: Two booklet staplers are used. These are about half way up the stack fed-out path The stack feed-out belt moves the stack to the correct position for stapling. Folding: This is done in two phases: initial folding and final folding. •...
  • Page 1000 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BOOKLET FINISHING B468D021.WMF B468D022.WMF The folder plate motor [A] switches on and drives the folder plate [B] forward to push the center of the booklet into the nip of the folder rollers [C], giving the booklet a partial fold. This is a detailed cross-section of the operation described above.

This manual is also suitable for:

B246 seriesB140 seriesD052 series

Table of Contents